HP Compaq Mini 110 Maintenance And Service Manual
HP Mini 1101, HP Mini 110, HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje, and Compaq Mini 110 Maintenance and Service Guide
© Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel and Atom are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp oration. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained her ein is subje ct to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statemen ts accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional wa rranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial err ors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: October 2009 First Edition: May 2009 Document Part Number: 537033-001 Revision A
Revision history Revision Publication date Description A October 2009 â Chapter 1 â Updated to incorporate Windows 7 and the HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje â Chapter 3 â New and updated spare parts and descriptio ns â Chapter 4 â New and updated spare parts and descriptio ns â Chapter 6 â Updated to incorporate revisions to hard drive specifications and the addition of WSVGA display specifications â Chapter 8 â Updated to incorporate Windows 7 backup and recovery procedures iii
iv Revision history
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of ov erheating the device, do not place the device directly on your lap or obs truct the device air vents. Us e the device on ly on a hard, flat surface . Do not allow another hard su rface, such as an adjoinin g optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to blo ck airflow. Also, do no t allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surf ace, such as pillows or rugs or cl othing, during opera tion. The device and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessib le surface temp erature limits def ine d by the Internatio nal Standard fo r Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). v
vi Safety warning notice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 External component identific ation Top components ................ ............ ............... ............. ................ ........... ................ ............. ........ ........... 5 TouchP ad ...... ............. ............... ............... ............. ............ ............. .............. ............... ... ..... 5 Light ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ........ .......... .... ............ 6 Keys ......... ......... ............ .......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ....... ........... 7 Front component s .... .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. .............. ............. ............ . ..... ............. 9 Right-side components ................ ............ ............... ............ ............... ............... .............. ...... .............. 11 Left-side components ........... ........ .......... ........... .. ...... .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... . ............. .. 12 Display components ........... ........ ........... ........ .......... ......... .......... ........... ........ ........... ........ ... .............. . 13 Bottom c omponents ....... ............. .............. ............. .............. .............. ............. .............. ....... ........... ... 14 Wireless antennas .............. .......... ............. .......... ............ ........... ............ .......... ............ ..... ............ ..... 15 3 Illustrated parts cata log Servic e tag ........... ............ ............. ............. ........... .............. ............ ............ ........... ...... ........... ........... 16 Device major components ............. .. ....... .......... .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ ................ 17 Display assembly components .......... .......... ............ ............ ......... ............. ........ ............ ............ . ........ 25 Mass storage devices ............. ............ ............... ............ ................. ........... ............... ........... ........... .... 27 Miscellaneous parts ...................... ............. ............... ............ ............... ............ ................ .. ................. 28 Sequential part number listing .............. .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ...... ............ 29 4 Remova l and replacement pr ocedures Preliminary replacement requiremen ts ............ ............ ............... ............ ............... ............. ........... ..... 37 Tools required .................. ......... ............ .......... ........... .......... ........... ......... ............ .......... .... 37 Service considerations ............ ........... ............... ........... ............... ........... ........... ............... .. 37 Plastic parts ............. .......... .............. .......... ........... ............. ........... .............. ....... 37 Cables and connect ors ........ ............................. .................................. .............. 37 Drive hand ling ........ ............. ................ .............. ............... .............. .............. ..... 38 Grounding guidelines ................ ......... ........... ............ ......... ............ ........ ............ ............ .... 39 Electr ostati c disch arge dama ge ... .............. ............... .............. .............. ............ 39 Packaging and tr ansporting gu idelines ... ... .......... ........ .......... ........... 40 Works tation guideline s ..................................................................... 40 vii
Equipment g uidelines ................... ............................. ....................... 4 1 Component replace ment proc edures .......... .......... ........... ............ .......... ............. .......... ............. ..... ... 42 Service tag ................ .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ............ ......... ........... .......... .... .... .. 42 Device feet ......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ........ ............ .......... ............ ......... .. .... .. 43 Battery .............. ............. .............. ........... .............. .............. ............. .............. ............ .. ...... 44 SIM ......... .............. .............. ............. .......... ............. .............. .............. ............. ......... ......... 45 Memory module ...... ........... ......... ........... .......... ............ ........... .......... .......... ........... .......... .. 46 Keyboard . ............... .............. .............. .............. ........... ............... .............. .............. ...... ..... 48 RTC batter y .... .............. ............... .............. ................ .............. ............... .............. ......... .... 53 Mass sto rage devi ces .... .......... ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... .......... ............ .... 5 4 Hard drive ............... ............ ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ........... ....... 55 Solid-s tate driv e ........... ...................... ...................... ...................... ................... 55 Top cover ................ ........ ............ ........... ......... ........... .......... ............ .......... ............ ...... ...... 5 7 WLAN module .......... ................ ........... .............. ............ .............. ........... ............... ............ . 60 WWAN mod ule ...... ............ ............ ............. ............ ............. ............ ............ ............. ......... 62 USB/audio board .......... ................ ................ ............... ................ ................ ................ ...... 64 Power/b attery pass-t hrough boar d .... ........................ .......................... ........................ ...... 66 Fan ............. ........... ............... ............ ............ ............... ........... .............. ............ ........ .......... 68 Heat sink assembly ................ .............. ........... ............ ............... .......... ............... ............ ... 70 System board ............... ............ ............... ........... ........... ............... ........... ................ ........ ... 72 Display assembly .............. ......... ............ ........ ............ ......... ............ .......... .......... .......... .... . 75 5 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ . .............. ... 83 Using the Setup Utility ... ............... ............... ........................ .............................................. ..... .......... .. 83 Changing t he language of the S etup Util ity .................... ................................................... 8 3 Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility ................ .............. .......... .............. ........... ..... 83 Displaying system information ....... ......... ....... ......... ....... ......... ....... ........ ......... ........ ......... .. 84 Restorin g defau lt setti ngs in th e Setup Uti lity ....... ...................... .......................... ............. 8 4 Exiting the Setup Utility . ............ ......... ............ ......... ........... ......... ............ .......... .......... ...... . 84 Setup Utility menus ........ .............. ............. .......................................... .......... .......... .......... ....... .......... 8 5 Main menu ............ ....... ........... ........ .......... ........ .......... ....... .......... ......... .......... ......... ...... .... 85 Security menu ............... ......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ........... ......... ............ ......... ..... ... 85 System Configurat ion menu .. ...................... ................... .................... ......................... ...... 85 Diagnos tics menu ......... .............. ............ ............. ............ ............. ............ ........... ............ .. 86 6 Specification s Device specifications ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... .............. ......... ......... .......... ...... ........... 87 10.1-inch, AntiGlare display specifications .... ........... ......... ............ ......... ............ ......... ............ ..... ...... 8 8 10.1- inch, WS VGA, A ntiGlar e displa y spec ification s ............... ................................. ......................... 89 Hard driv e specific ations ... ........... .............. ............ ........... ............ .............. ........... ............ . ...... ......... 9 0 Solid-st ate drive specificat ions . ............ ............ ......... ............ ........... ............ .......... ............ ... ............. 91 System DMA specifications ..... ......... ............ .......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ............ .. ......... 92 viii
System interrupt specifications ................... ............ ............... ............... .............. ............... ..... ............ 93 System I/O add ress s pecifica tions .. ............. ............ .............. .............. ............. ............ ............. ..... ... 94 System memory map specifications ........ .......... ............ ........... .......... ........... ......... ............ ........... ..... 96 7 Screw listing Phillips PM1.5Ã1.0 screw ......... ....................................... ............ ................................. ......... ........... .. 97 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw ......... ....................................... ............ ................................. ......... ........... .. 99 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 captive screw ................... ............. ............................ ............ ...................... ....... 101 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 102 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 103 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 104 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 106 Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captiv e screw ....................... .............. .......................................... .............. ...... 107 Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 108 8 Backup and recovery Mobile Mi ba ckup and recover y ...... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... ............ .......... ... ....... 110 Backi ng up your inf ormati on ..... ................ ................. .............. ............... ............... .......... 110 When to back up ........... ................ ............... ................ ................ ................ ... 110 Restor ing your infor mation ..... .......... ............. ............ ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... 110 Using Sys tem Restor e ............................. .............................. ......................... 111 Using HP Mi Restore Image Creator ...... .................. ............... ....................... . 111 Restoring using a Win dows comp uter ................. ........... ............ .... 111 Restoring using a Lin ux compu ter ...................... .................. .......... 112 Window s 7 back up and re cover y .......... ................ .................. ................ ................ ................. .... ... . 114 Backi ng up and rec overin g using Roxi o BackOn Track .................. ........................ .......... 114 Creati ng a copy o f the ha rd drive . ................................................................... 114 Perfor ming a recover y ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. 115 Using th e Disaste r Recov ery utili ty ................................................................. 115 Dow nlo ad ing and ex tra ct ing the Dis as ter Rec ov ery uti li ty .............. 115 Restor ing your h ard drive ima ge ............................ .................... .... 116 Using the Instant Re store utilit y ....................................... ............................... 116 Using the Instant Restore utilit y when the operating system is function ing ................ .................... .................. ................... ............. 116 Using the Instant Restore utility when the operating system is not function ing ................ .................... .................. ................... ............. 117 Using W indows B ackup and Re store . .............................. ..................................... .......... 117 Using system resto re points ............. ...................... ................. .................. ...... 117 When to create restor e points .......... ....................................................... ........ 117 Creati ng a syst em restor e point ........ ........................ .............................. ........ 117 Restoring to a prev ious dat e and ti me .................................................... ........ 118 Backing up and recovering usi ng HP Reco very Manag er ............................................... 118 Backin g up your informatio n ........... ............. ................ .............. .............. ........ 118 ix
Creating a set of recovery discs .... .......................... .................... .................... 119 Perfor ming a r ecovery .......... ................. .................. .................. ............. .................. ....... 12 0 Recovering usi ng the reco very discs ...................... .... .... .... ...... .... .................. 120 Recoveri ng using th e partition on the hard dr ive (select mo dels only) ............ 120 Windows Vista ba ckup an d recover y .......... .................. .................. .................. .................. ........... .. 122 Backing up your in format ion ........ .............. ................ ............. ................ .............. ........... 1 22 Perfor ming a r ecovery .......... ................. .................. .................. ............. .................. ....... 12 3 Using t he Windows recover y tools . .................. ................. ................. ............. 124 Using f 11 ......... ........... .......... ............ ............ .......... ......... ........... ............ ......... 125 Using a Windows Vista operatin g system DVD (pu rchased sepa rately) ... ... .. 125 Windows XP backup and recovery ................ ............... ............ ............... ............ ............... .............. 126 Backing up your in format ion ........ .............. ................ ............. ................ .............. ........... 1 26 Perfor ming a r ecovery .......... ................. .................. .................. ............. .................. ....... 12 7 Recove ring your i nformat ion ........... ...................... ...................... .................... 127 Recove ring the op erating sy stem and pro grams .......................... ............. ..... 127 9 Connector pin ass ignments Audio-in (microphone) ................ ........ .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ....... ........... .......... ..... ....... ...... 128 Audio-out (headphone) ........................ ............. ............... ................ ........... ................. ......... ........... . 129 Exter nal monit or . ............ ........... .......... ........... ............ ........... .......... ............ ......... ........... .. .......... ..... 130 RJ-45 (network) ............ ............ .......... ............. .......... ............ ........... ........... ........... ................. ......... 131 Universal Serial Bus ........... ......... .......... ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... .......... ........ ......... ...... ......... 132 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries and region s .................. ........... ......... ........... ......... .......... ........... ..... .. 133 Requirem ents for s pecific countries an d regions ......................... .......................... .......................... 1 34 11 Recyclin g Battery ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ........... ......... .......... ......... ........... ........ ......... .................. .......... 135 Display ............... ............ ............... ............ ................. ........... ............... ............ .......... ............... ........ 135 Index .... ........... ........ ........... ............ ........... .......... ............ ........... .......... ........... .......... .... ........... .......... .......... ..... 141 x
1 Product description Category Description HP Mini 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 Product name HP Mini 1101 â HP Mini 110 â HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje â Compaq Mini 110 â Processor Intel® Atom⢠N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) â â â â Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) â â â â Chipset Northbridge: 945GSE; 533-MHz bus speed â â â â Southbridge: ICH7M â â â â Graphics Intel® Graphics Media Accelerato r 950 â â â â Universal Memory Architecture (UMA) graphics subsystem â â â Panels All display assemblies include 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 wireless local-area network (WLAN) antenna transceivers/cables; wireless wide-area network (WWAN) is optional for HP Mini 110 and Compaq Mini 110 models â â â â Wide aspect 16:9 ratio panels â â â â 10.1-inch high-definition AntiGlare (1366 à 768) LED â â â â 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare (1024 à 576) LED ââ â 1
Category Description HP Min i 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 10.1-inch WSVGA (1024 à 600) LED â â â â Memory One customer-accessible/ upgradable memory module slot â â â â Supports up to 2 GB of system memory â â â â PC2-4200, 533-MHz, DDR2 â â â â Supports the following configurations: â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 à 1) â â â â â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 à 1) â â â â Mass storage devices Solid-state drive (SSD) ba sed on multi-level cell (MLC) technology â â â â 32-GB â â â â Hard driv e Supports all 9.5-mm, 6.35-cm (2.50-inch) parallel SATA hard drives (optional) â â â â 320-GB, 5400-RPM NOTE: Not supported by computers with Windows® XP Home SP3, ultra low-cost personal computer (ULCPC) edition installed. â â â 250-GB, 5400-RPM NOTE: Not supported by computers with Windows XP Home SP3, ultra low-cost personal computer (ULCPC) edition installed. â â â â 160-GB, 7200-RPM â â â 160-GB, 5400-RPM â â â â Optical drive Supports external USB optica l drives only â â â â Diskette drive Supports external USB diskette drives only â â â â Audio/Visual high-definition (HD) audio â â â â Integrated speakers (2) â â â â Fixed integrated micro phone â â â â Fixed integrated VGA webcam, 640 à 480 resolution, up to 30 frames per second ââ â â 2 Chapter 1 Product description
Category Description HP Mini 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 Modem Supports external USB modems only â â â â Ethernet Integrated 10/100 network interface card (NIC) â â â â Wireless 2 WLAN antennas built into display asse mbly â â â â Integrated WLAN by way of 802.11b/g/n and 802.11b/g WLAN modules â â â â Integrated WWAN by way of HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (optional) NOTE: Not available in HP Mini 110 models with Mobile Mi installed. â â â â External media cards Digital Media Slot (consumer models) or Media Card Reader (commercial models) with push- push technology supporting: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital (SDHC) Memory Card â xD-Picture Ca rd (XD) â â â â Internal media cards Two Mini Card slots: â Full-size Mini Card slot â Half-size Mini Card sl ot â â â â Ports Audio-in/out (microphone/stereo headphone) â â â â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) â â â â USB (3) â â â â 3-pin A C power â â â â Keyboard/ pointing device 92% keyboard â â â â TouchPad, with 2 TouchPad buttons and 2-way scrolling (taps enabled by default) ââ â â 3
Category Description HP Min i 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 Power requirements 30-W UMA AC adapter (non- Smart) with localized cable plug support â â â â AC adapter connector on cable â â â â 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 55-Wh), 6-hour target life â â â â 3-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 28-Wh), 3-hour target life â â â â Security Supports HP Kensington Security Lock â â â â Operating system Preinstalled: Windows 7 Basic 32 â â â Windows 7 Starter 32 â â â Windows XP Home SP3, ultra low-cost personal computer (ULCPC) ed ition â â â â Windows Vista® Business 32 (with XP Pro image) â HP Mobile Mi â Serviceability End-user replaceable parts: AC adapter â â â â Battery (s ystem) â â â â Hard drive â â â â Keyboard â â â â Memory module â â â â Solid-state drive ââ â â 4 Chapter 1 Product description
2 External component identification Components included with th e device may vary by region and mode l. The illustrations in this chapter identify the stan dard features on most device models. Top components TouchPad Component Description (1) Left TouchPad button Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (2) TouchPad Moves the pointer and selects or activate s items on the screen. (3) TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls u p or down . (4) Right TouchPad button Functions like the right button on an externa l mouse. Top components 5
Light Compone nt Description Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 6 Chapter 2 External compone nt identification
Keys NOTE: Refer to the illustration that most clo sely matches your computer. Component Description (1) Function keys Execute frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key . (2) fn key Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with a function key. (3) Windows® logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Windows applications key Dis plays a shortcut menu for items beneath the point er. Top components 7
Component Description (1) Function keys Execute frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used syst em functions when pressed in combination with a function key. (3) Home key Returns to the Home Screen. (4) Program Switcher key Displays the Start New Program button fr om anywhere on the device. 8 Chapter 2 External compone nt identification
Front components Component Description (1) Power light â On: The device is on. â Blinking: The device is in the Sleep state (Windows Vista) or St andby (Windows XP or Mobile Mi). â Off: The device is off or in Hibernation. (2) Power switch â When the device is off, slide the switch to turn on the device. â When the device is on, briefly slide the switch to initiate Hibernation . â When the device is in the Sleep state (Windows Vista) or Standby (Windows XP or Mobile Mi), briefly slide the switch to exit the Sleep state (Windows Vista) or St andby (Windows XP or Mobile Mi). â When the device is in Hibernation, briefly slide the switch to exit Hibernation . If the device has stopped responding and oper ating system shutdown procedures are ineffective, slide and hold the power switch for at least 5 seconds to turn off the device. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard drive or flash dr ive is being accessed. (4) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the available only power source has reach ed a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begi ns blinking rapidly. â Off: If the device is plugged into an external power source, the light turns off when all batteries in the device are fully charged. If the device is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. Front componen ts 9
Component Description (5) Wireless light â Blue: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (W LAN) device, is on. â Amber: All wireless devices are off. (6) Wireless switch Turns the wireless feature on or off, but does not establish a wire less connection. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up in order to establish a wireless connection. 10 Chapter 2 External comp onent identification
Right-side components Component Description (1) USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. (2) Digital Media Slot (consumer models) or Media Card Reader (commercial models) Supports the following optional digital car d formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Ca rd (3) External monitor port Connects an optional external display, such as a monitor or projector, to the device. (4) RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable. Right-side components 11
Left-side components Component Description (1) Security cable slot Attaches an optional securi ty cable to the device. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the device from being mishandled or stolen. (2) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. (3) AC adapter light Indicates AC power connection. (4) Vent Enables airflow to cool in ternal components. NOTE: The device fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the intern al fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (5) USB port Connects an optional USB device. (6) Audio-out (headphone) jack/Audio-in (micr ophone) jack Produces sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbud s, a headset, or television audio. Also c onnects an optional h eadset microphone. WARNING! To reduce the r isk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Re gulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. NOTE: When an audio component is connected to the jack, the device s peakers are disa bled. The audio component cable must have a 4-conductor connector. 12 Chapter 2 External comp onent identification
Display components Component Description (1) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (2) Internal display switch Turns off the display if the display is closed while the power is on. NOTE: The display switch is not visible from the outside of the de vice. (3) Webcam Captures still photographs and videos. NOTE: To capture videos, you need to install additio nal webcam software. (4) Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. (5) Internal microphone Records sound. Display components 13
Bottom compon ents Component Description (1) Battery bay Holds the battery. (2) Battery release latches (2) Release the battery from the battery bay. (3) Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The device fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off durin g routine operation. (4) Memory module compartment Contains the memory module slot. 14 Chapter 2 External comp onent identification
Wireless antennas Component Descript ion (1) WWAN antennas (2) (select models only)* Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless wide-area networks (WWANs). NOTE: This option is not available on computers with Mobile Mi installed. (2) WLAN antennas (2)* Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLANs). *The antennas are not visible from the outside of the device. For optimal tr ansmission, keep t he areas immediately around th e antennas free from obstructions. To see wireless regula tory notices, refer to the section of the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices that applies to your cou ntry or region. Wireless antennas 15
3 Illustrated parts catalog Service tag When ordering parts or requesting information , provide th e computer serial number a nd model description provided on the service tag: (1) Product name: This is the product na me a ffixed to the front of the device. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an alphanume ri c identifier that is un ique to each produ ct. (3) Part number/Product n umber (p/n): This nu mber provides specific information about the p roduct's hardware components. The part number helps a service techni cian to determine what components and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the alphanumeric i dentifier used to locate documents, drivers, and sup port for the device. (5) Warranty period: This numb er describes the du ration of the warranty period for the device. 16 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Device major components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display assembly (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables; WWAN on select models only) See Display a ssembly components on page 25 for a comprehensive list of display assembly spare parts. For use with black HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) 572407-001 â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 572406-001 Device major components 17
Item Description Spare part number â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537646-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579604-001 For use with pink HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 572413-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571416-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579608-001 For use with white HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 572411-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571415-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579606-001 For use with blue HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 591647-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 591648-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by St udio Tord Boontje models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 579612-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 579610-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579614-001 For use with Compaq models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display a ssembly 572414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571417-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537643-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579626-001 (2) Keyboard For use only on black and blue models wi th Windows oper ating system installed â For use only in Brazil 535689-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 535689-221 â For use only in Europe 535689-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 535689-DH1 â For use only in France 535689-051 â For use only in French Canada 535689-121 â For use only in Germany 535689-041 â For use only in Greece 535689-151 â For use only in Hungary 535689-211 18 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Item Description Spare part number â For use with international models 535689-B31 â For use only in Israel 535689-BB1 â For use only in Italy 535689-061 â For use only in Japan 535689-291 â For use only in Latin America 535689-161 â For use only in Portugal 535689-131 â For use only in Russia 535689-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 535689-171 â For use only in South Korea 535689-AD1 â For use only in Spain 535689-071 â For use only in Switzerland 535689-111 â For use only in Taiwan 535689-AB1 â For us e only in T hailand 535689-281 â For use only in Turkey 535689-141 â For use only in the United Kin gdom 535689-031 â For use only in the United States 535689-001 For use only on models with Mobile Mi installed â For use only in Brazil 535690-201 â For use only in French Canada 535690-121 â For use only in Japan 535690-291 â For use only in Latin America 535690-161 â For use only in South Korea 535690-AD1 â For use only in Taiwan 535690-AB1 â For us e only in T hailand 535690-281 â For use only in the United States 535690-001 For use on pink models only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, a nd Slovenia 537954-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537954-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537954-221 â For use only in Europe 537954-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537954-DH1 â For use only in France 537954-051 â For use only in French Canada 537954-121 â For use only in Germany 537954-041 Device major components 19
Item Description Spare part number â For use only in Greece 537954-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537954-211 â For use with international models 537954-B31 â For use only in Israel 537954-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537954-061 â For use only in Japan 537954-291 â For use only in Latin America 537954-161 â For use only in Portugal 537954-131 â For use only in Russia 537954-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537954-171 â For use only in South Korea 537954-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537954-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537954-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537954-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 537954-281 â For use only in Turkey 537954-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 537954-031 â For use in the United States only 537954-001 For use with white HP models only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slove nia 537953-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537953-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537953-221 â For use only in Europe 537953-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537953-DH1 â For use only in France 537953-051 â For use only in French Canada 537953-121 â For use only in Germany 537953-041 â For use only in Greece 537953-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537953-211 â For use with international models 537953-B31 â For use only in Israel 537953-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537953-061 â For use only in Japan 537953-291 â For use only in Latin America 537953-161 20 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Item Description Spare part number â For use only in Portugal 537953-131 â For use only in Russia 537953-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537953-171 â For use only in South Korea 537953-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537953-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537953-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537953-AB1 â For us e only in T hailand 537953-281 â For use only in Turkey 537953-141 â For use only in the United Kin gdom 537953-031 For use only with white HP and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models in the United Stat es 537953-001 (3) Top cover (includes TouchPad) â For use with black and blue models only 537622-001 â For use with pink HP models only 537625-001 â For use with white HP models only 537624-001 â For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models on ly 579615-001 Mass storage devices NOTE: Each hard drive spare part kit and solid-state dr ive spare pa rt kit includes a bracket an d screws. (4a) Hard drive (select models only) See Mass storage devices on page 27 for a comprehensive list of hard drive spare parts. (4b) Solid- state drive See Mass storage devices on page 27 for a comprehensive list of so lidâstate drive spare par ts. (5) Heat sink assembly (include s replacement thermal material) 537619-001 (6) Fan 537613-001 (7) USB/audio board (includes cable) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 537614-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1100 â 110-1199 and C ompaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 581325-001 (8) Power/battery pass-t hrough board For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 537615-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1100 â 110-1199 and C ompaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 581326-001 Plastics/actuator Kit 537612-001 Device major components 21
Item Description Spare part number (9a) Power switch and wire less switch actuators (9b) Memory module compa rtment cover (9c) Bezel for Digital Media Slot (consumer mode ls) or Media Card Reader (commercia l models) Wireless modules (10) WLAN module WLAN/Bluetooth combination module 575920-001 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN module â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518436-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan , Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Island s, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde , the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Domini can Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghan a, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Ha iti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland , Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania , Luxe mbourg, Macedonia, Ma dagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Mald ives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Ma uritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozam bique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles , the N etherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragu a, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia , Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Se negal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sier ra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiw an, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uru guay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518436-002 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-003 22 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Item Description Spare part number â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra , Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Vir gin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Ver de, the Central African Re public, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiop ia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ire land, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Leban on, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Lux embourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Mala wi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, th e Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, M ongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherla nds, New Zealand, Nicara gua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru , the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Gre nadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukra ine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, U zbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 (11) WWAN module NOTE: Not available for computers with Mobile Mi installed. HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (select models only) 483377-002 HP un2400 Mobile Bro adband Module for use only with Verizon Wirele ss (select models only) 483377-003 WWAN module for use only in the People's Repu blic of China 57188 8-001 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use on ly in the People's R epublic of China 574246-001 WWAN minicard module 531993-001 WWAN module for use only with Telefonica 592625-161 WWAN module for use only with Am Movil 592624-161 WWAN module for use only with AT&T 591612-001 (12) RTC batt ery 537616-001 (13) System board (includes processor and r eplacement the rmal material) Includes Intel Atom N2 80 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Le vel 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 571370-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 5 33-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 537662-001 Device major components 23
Item Description Spare part number Includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MH z front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 1 10-1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 579569-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz p rocessor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz fro nt-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 1 10-1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 579568-001 (14) Memory module (PC2-5300 , 533-MHz, DDR2) 512-MB (for use in HP Mini 110 and Compaq Mini 110 models only) 537663-001 1024-MB 537664-001 2048-MB 537665-001 (15) Base enclosure (inclu des 4 rubber feet) For use with black and blue models o nly 537611-001 For use with pink, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 591650-001 (16) Battery 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 55-Wh ) 537627-001 3-cell lithium-polym er (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 28-Wh ) 537626-001 24 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Display assembly components Item Description Spare part number (1) Hinge covers 537617-001 (2) Display bezel For use with HP Mini 1101 and HP Mini 110 only 537650-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 581324-001 For use with Compaq Mini 110 only 537644-001 (3) Displa y Hinge Kit (Includes left and right display panel hinges) 537658-001 (4) Speaker assembly (includes left and right cables) 537621-001 (5) Display panel 10.1-inch high-definition AntiGlare 572405-001 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare 537656-001 10.1-inch WSVGA AntiGlare 579570-001 (6) Webcam module 537660-001 Display Cable Kit (not illustrated, inclu des display/webcam cable and WLAN antennas) (7a) Display panel cable Display assembly components 25
Item Description Spare part num ber (7b) WLAN antennas â For use with high-definition and standard-definition display pane ls only 537657-001 â For use with WSVGA display panels only 579571-001 (8) Microphone assembly 581323-001 (9) WWAN antennas (not available on computers with Mobile Mi installed.) 537655-001 (10) Display enclosure ( includes logo) For use with black HP models only 537651-001 For use with pink HP models only 537654-001 For use with white HP models only 537653-001 For use with blue HP models only 591649-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 579576-00 1 For use with Compaq models only 537645-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 538510-001 26 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Mass storage devices NOTE: Each hard drive spare part kit and solid-state drive spare part kit in cludes a cable and bracket. Item Description Spare part number (1) Hard drive (select models only) 320-GB, 5400-RPM 591398-001 250-GB, 5400-RPM 537635-001 160-GB, 7200-RPM 590669-001 160-GB, 5400-RPM 537634-001 Hard Drive Hard ware Kit (not ill ustrated) 537641-001 (2) Solid-state drive 64-GB 537640-001 32-GB 537639-001 16-GB 537638-001 8-GB 537637-001 Solidâstate Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated) 537642-001 Mass storage devices 27
Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number 30-W UMA AC adapter 496813-001 Bluetooth® ada pter 574670-001 High-definition video decoder 578237-001 Power cords For use in Argentin a 490371-D01 For use in Australia 490371-011 For use in Brazil 490371-201 For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in Europe 490371-021 For use in India 490371-D61 For use in Israel 490371-BB1 For use in Italy 490371-061 For use in Japan 490371-291 For use in North America 490371-001 For use in the People's Republic o f China 490371-AA1 For use in Singapore and the U nited Kingdom 490371-031 For use in South Africa 490371-AR1 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Switzerland 490371-111 For use in Taiwan 490371-AB1 Rubber Kit (contain s 4 device feet) For use with black and blue models only 537618-001 For use with pink, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 537618-002 Screw Kit 537620-001 28 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 483377-002 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (selec t mo dels only) 483377-003 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use with Verizon Wir eless onl y (select models only) 490371-001 Power cord for use in N orth America 490371-011 Power cord for use in Australia 490371-021 Power cord for use in Europe 490371-031 Power cord for use in Singapore and the United Kingd om 490371-061 Power cord for use in Italy 490371-081 Power cord for use in Denmark 490371-111 Power cord for use in Switzerland 490371-201 Power cord for use in Brazil 490371-291 Power cord for use in Japan 490371-AA1 Power cord for use in the People's R epublic of China 490371-AB1 Power cord for use in Taiwan 490371-AD1 Power cord for use in South Korea 490371-AR1 Power cord for use in South Africa 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Is rael 490371-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina 490371-D61 Power cord for use in India 496813-001 30-W UMA AC adapter 504593-003 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module for use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puer to Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-004 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorr a, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Au stria, Azerbaijan, the B ahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda , Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burk ina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa R ica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Repu blic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, Fran ce, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadel oupe, Guatemala, Guine a, Guinea-Bissau, Guya na, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Irel and, Isr ael, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liech tenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the M aldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antill es, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Nige r, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua N ew Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Re public of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Re public of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Ar abia, S enegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sier ra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Island s, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerlan d, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Ur uguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vie tnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe Sequential part numb er listing 29
Spare part number Description 518436-001 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN module for use in C anada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518436-002 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN modu le for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Au stria, Azerbaijan, the Ba hamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh , Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and H erzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulga ria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the Pe ople's Repu blic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djib outi, Dominica, the Dominican R epublic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finla nd, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gre ece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Keny a, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Mala wi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Microne sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Ne therlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pa kistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Ru ssia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia , Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Kor ea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Su riname, Swaziland, Swed en, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, To nga, Trinidad and Tobago , Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezue la, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabw e 531993-001 WWAN minicard module 535689-001 Keyboard for use only in the United States on black and blue models with Wind ows operating system installed 535689-031 Keyboard for use only in the United Kingdom on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-041 Keyboard for use only in Germany on black and blue models with Windows ope rating system installed 535689-051 Keyboard for use only in France on black and blue models with Window s operating system installed 535689-061 Keyboard for use only in Italy on black and blue mo dels with Windows op erating system installed 535689-071 Keyboard for use only in Spain on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-121 Keyboard for use only in French Canada on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-131 Keyboard for use only in Portugal on black and bl ue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-141 Keyboard for use only in Turkey on black and blue mo dels with Win dows operating system installed 535689â151 Keyboard for use only in Greece on black and blue models with Windows ope rating system installed 535689-161 Keyboard for use only in Latin America on black and blue models with Windows operating system in stalled 535689-171 Keyboard for use only in Saudi Arabia on black and blue models with Window s operating system installed 535689-201 Keyboard for use only in Brazil on black and blue models with Windows opera ting system installed 535689-211 Keyboard for use only in Hungary on black and blue models with Wind ows operating system installed 535689-221 Keyboard for use only in the Czech Republic on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-251 Keyboard for use only in Russia on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-281 Keyboard for use only in Thailand on black and blue models with Win dows operating system installed 535689-291 Keyboard for use only in Japan on black and blue models with Windows oper ating system installed 30 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Spare part number Description 535689-A41 Keyboard for use only in Europe on black and blue mo dels w ith Windows operating system installed 535689-AB1 Keyboard for use only in Taiwan on black and blue mo dels w ith Windows operating system installed 535689-AD1 Keyboard for use only in South Korea on black and blue models with Window s operating system installed 535689-B31 Keyboard for use only with inter national mod els on black and blue mo dels with Windows o perating system installed 535689-BB1 Keyboard for use only in Israel on black and blue mod els with Windows operating system installed 535689-DH1 Keyboard for use only in Finland, Norway and Sweden on black and blue models wi th Windows operating system installed 535690-001 Keyboard for use only in the United States on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-121 Keyboard for use only in French Canada on models w ith Mobile Mi installed 535690-161 Keyboard for use only in Latin America on models w ith Mobile Mi installed 535690-201 Keyboard for use only in Brazil on m odels with Mobile Mi installed 535690-281 Keyboard for use only in Thailand on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-291 Keyboard for use only in Japan on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-AB1 Keyboard for use only in Taiwan on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-AD1 Keyboard for use only in South Korea on models with Mobile Mi installed 537611-001 Base enclosure for use on black and blue models only (includes 4 rubber feet) 537612-001 Plastics/actuator Kit (includes power switch and wire less sw itch actuators, memory module compartment cover, and bezel for Digital Media Slot (consumer models) or Media Card R eader (commercial models)) 537613-001 Fan 537614-001 USB/audio board (includes cable) for use on the follo wing model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110- 1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 110-10 99 537615-001 Power/battery pass-through bo ard for use on the fo llowin g model numbers only: HP: 110-100 0 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 110-10 99 537616-001 RTC battery 537617-001 Display assembly hinge covers 537618-001 Rubber Kit for use with black and blue models only (contains 4 device feet) 537618-002 Rubber Kit for use with pink, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje mod els only (contains 4 device feet) 537619-001 Heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 537620-001 Screw Kit 537621-001 Speaker assembly (includes left and right cables) 537622-001 Top cover for use on black and blue models only (includes TouchPad) 537624-001 Top cover for use on white H P models only (includes TouchPad) 537625-001 Top cover for use on pink HP m odels o nly (includes TouchPad) 537626-001 3-cell lithium-polymer (L i-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 28- Wh) Sequential part numb er listing 31
Spare part number Description 537627-001 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55- Ah, 55-Wh) 537634-001 160-GB hard drive, 5400-RPM 537635-001 250-GB hard drive, 5400-RPM 537637-001 8-GB solid-state drive 537638-001 16-GB solid-state drive 537639-001 32-GB solid-state drive 537640-001 64-GB solid-state drive 537641-001 Hard Dr ive Hardwa re Kit 537642-001 Solid-state Drive Hardware Kit 537643-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display a ssembly for use with Compaq models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 537644-001 Display bezel for use with Compaq mo dels only 537645-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with Compaq mode ls only 537646-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly for use with black HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 537650-001 Display bezel for use with HP Mini 1101 and HP Mini 110 o nly 537651-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with black HP models only 537653-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with white H P models only 537654-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) fo r use with pink HP models o nly 537655-001 WWAN antennas (not available on computers with Mobile Mi installed) 537656-001 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare display panel 537657-001 Display Cable Kit for use with high-definition and st andard-definition display panel s on ly (includes display panel/webcam cable and WLAN antennas) 537658-001 Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display panel hinges) 537660-001 Webcam module 537662-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz proc essor, 5 12-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side b us (FSB), and thermal replacement material for use on the following model numbers on ly: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 1 10-1099) 537663-001 512-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DDR2, fo r use in HP Mini 110 and Compaq: Mini 110 models only) 537664-001 1024-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DD R2) 537665-001 2048-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DD R2) 537953-001 Keyboard for use with white HP and HP Mini 110 by St udio Tord Boontje mod els only in the United States 537953-031 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in the United Kingdom 537953-041 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Germany 537953-051 Keyboard for use with wh ite HP models only in France 32 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Spare part number Description 537953-061 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Italy 537953-071 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Spain 537953-121 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in French Canada 537953-131 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Portugal 537953-141 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Turkey 537953-161 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Latin America 537953-171 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Saudi Arabia 537953-201 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Brazil 537953-211 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Hungary 537953-221 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in the C zech Republic 537953-251 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Russia 537953-281 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Thailand 537953-291 Keyboard for use with wh ite HP models only in Japan 537953-A41 Keyboard for use with whit e HP mo dels only in Europe 537953-AB1 Keyboard for use with whit e HP mo dels only in Taiwa n 537953-AD1 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in South Korea 537953-B31 Keyboard for use with white HP models with international models 537953-BA1 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slovenia 537953-BB1 Keyboard for use with whit e HP mo dels only in Israel 537953-BG1 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Switzerland 537953-DH1 Keyboard for use with white HP mo dels only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537953-DJ1 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Greece 537954-001 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in the United States 537954-031 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in the United Kingdom 537954-041 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Germany 537954-051 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in France 537954-061 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Italy 537954-071 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Spain 537954-121 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in French Canada 537954-131 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Portugal 537954-141 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Turkey 537954-161 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Latin America 537954-171 Keyboard for use with pi nk HP models only in Saudi Arabia Sequential part numb er listing 33
Spare part number Description 537954-201 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Brazil 537954-211 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Hu ngary 537954-221 Keyboard for use with pink HP m odels only in the Czech Rep ublic 537954-251 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Ru ssia 537954-281 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Thailand 537954-291 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Japan 537954-A41 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Europe 537954-AB1 Keyboard for use with pink HP m odels only in Taiwan 537954-AD1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in South Korea 537954-B31 Keyboard for use with pink HP models with international models 537954-BA1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Bosnia, Croatia, Monte negro, Serbia, and Slovenia 537954-BB1 Keyboard for use with pink HP m odels only in Israel 537954-BG1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Switzerland 537954-DH1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Finland, Nor way, and Sweden 537954-DJ1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Greece 538510-001 Display Screw Kit 571370-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz proc essor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB), and replacement thermal material) for use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 1 10-1099 571414-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display asse mbly (includes WWAN) for use with black HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 mi crophone , 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceive rs/cables) 571415-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display asse mbly (includes WWAN) for use with white HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 mi crophone , 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceive rs/cables) 571416-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlar e display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with pink HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 571417-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with Compaq models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 571888-001 WWAN module for use only in the People's Republic of Chin a 572405-001 10.1-inch high-definiti on AntiGlare disp lay panel 572406-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly for use with black HP mode ls only (includes 1 webca m, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 572407-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) for use wi th black HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 572411-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) for use with white HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 572413-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with pink HP mo dels only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 572414-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly for u se with Compaq models o nly (includes 1 we bcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 34 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Spare part number Description 574246-001 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use only in the People's R epublic of China 574670-001 Bluetooth adapter 575920-001 WLAN/Bluetooth combination module 578237-001 High-definition video decoder 579568-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz proc essor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB), and thermal replacement material) for use on the follow ing model numbers only: HP: 110-110 0 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c- 1100 â 110-1199 579569-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz pr ocessor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz fron t-side bus (FSB), and replacement thermal material) for use on the following model numbe rs only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c- 1100 â 110-1199 579570-001 10.1-inch WSVGA AntiGlare display panel 579571-001 Display Cable Kit for use with WSVGA panels only (i ncludes display panel/w ebc am cable and WLAN antenna s) 579576-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use w ith HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models on ly 579604-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with black H P mo dels only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 579606-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with wh ite HP mo dels only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 579608-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with pink HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 579610-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display as sembly (includes WWAN) for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 1 w ebcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 579612-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) for use wi th HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 1 webcam , 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 579614-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 1 w ebcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN a ntenna transceivers/ cables) 579615-001 Top cover for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tor d Boontje models only (incl udes TouchPad ) 579626-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with Compaq models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 581323-001 Microphone assembly 581324-001 Display bezel for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje mo dels only 581325-001 USB/audio board (includes cable) for use on the follo wing model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110- 1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-11 99 581326-001 Power/battery pass-through bo ard for use on the fo llowin g model numbers only: HP: 110-110 0 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-11 99 590669-001 160-GB, hard drive, 7200-RPM 591398-001 320-GB hard drive, 5400-RPM 591612-001 WWAN module for use only with AT&T Sequential part numb er listing 35
Spare part number Description 591647-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with blue H P models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 591648-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare display assembly (incl udes WWAN) for use with bl ue HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 591649-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with blue HP models only 591650-001 Base enclosure for use on pin k, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 4 rubber feet) 592624-161 WWAN module for use only with Am Movil 592625-161 WWAN module for use only with Telefonica 36 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to comple te the removal and re placement procedures: â Flat-blad ed screwdr iver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sections include so me of the considerations that you must keep in min d during disassembly and asse mbly procedures. NOTE: As you remove each subassembly from th e device, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screw s) away from t he work area to pr event damage. Plastic parts CAUTION: Using excessive force during disassembly an d reassembly can da mage plastic parts. Use care when handli ng the plastic parts. App ly pressure only at th e points designated in the maintenance instructions. Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the device, be sure tha t cables are placed in thei r proper locations during the reassembly process. Improper cable placement can damage the device. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. H andle cables by the con nector whenever possible. In all cases, avoid be nding, twisting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are ro uted in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being r emoved or repl aced. Handle flex cables with ex treme care; these cables tear ea sily. Preliminary replacement requ irements 37
Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile componen ts that must be handled with care . To prevent damag e to the device, damage to a drive, or loss of informa tion, observe these pre cautions: Before removing or in serting a hard drive, shut d o wn the d evice. If you are unsure whethe r the device is off or in Hibe rnation, turn the device on, an d then shut it down through the operating system. Before handling a drive, be sure that you are disch arged of static electricit y. Wh ile handling a drive, avoid touchi ng the connec tor. Handle drives on surf aces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof f oam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surfa ce. After removing a hard drive, an op tical drive, or a diskette drive, place it i n a static-proof bag. Avoid exposing a hard drive to pr oducts that hav e magnetic f ields, such as mo nitors or spea kers. Avoid exposing a drive to temp erature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be mail ed, place the dr ive in a bubble pack mailer or other suita ble form of protect ive packaging and labe l the package âF RAGILE.â 38 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components ar e sensitiv e to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensitivity. Networks b uilt into many integrated circuits provide some protection, but in many cases, ESD contains enough power to al ter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity from a finger or ot her conductor can destroy static- sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the sp ark is neither felt nor hear d, damage may have occurred. An electronic device e xposed to ESD may not be affe cte d at all and can wo rk perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may function normally for a while , then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life expectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to th e device when you are removing or installing internal components, observe these precauti ons: Keep components in their electr ostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic to ols. Before touchi ng an electr onic component, discharge s tatic electricity by usin g the guidelines de scribed in this section. Avoid touching pi ns, leads, and circuitry. Handl e electron ic components as little as possible . If you remove a compo nent, place it in a n electrostatic-safe container. The following tab le shows how humidity affects the el e ctrostatic voltage levels generated by different activities. CAUTION: A product can b e degraded b y as little as 700 V. Typical electrostatic voltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V Preliminary replacement requ irements 39
Packaging and tran sporting guidelines Follow these g rounding guidel ines when packaging and transporting equipment: â To avoid hand con tact, transport produc ts in static-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemb lies with conductive or approved containers or pa ckaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive pa rts in their cont ainers unt il the parts arrive at static-free workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing ite ms from their containers. â Always be properly ground ed when touching a componen t or assembly. â Store reusable ESD- sensitive parts from assemb lies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transpor ters and convey ors made of antis tatic belts and roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment u sed for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper ma terials are selected to avoid sta tic charging. When groundin g is not possi ble, use an ionizer to dissipa te electric charges. Workstatio n guideli nes Follow these grou nding workstation guidelines : â Cover the workstation with approved sta tic-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded wo rk surface and use pro perly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conductive field service tools, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and va cuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces , use fixtur es made only o f static -safe materials. â Keep the work area free of nonconductive material s, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive componen ts, parts, and a ssemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circu itry. â Turn off power and input signals be fore inserting o r removing connectors o r test equipment. 40 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Equipment guid elines Grounding equi pment must include ei ther a wrist strap or a foot strap at a ground ed workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist s trap connected to a grounded system. Wr ist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±1 0% resistance in the gr ound cords. To provide proper gr ound, wear a strap sn ugly against the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with banan a-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, u se foot straps an d a grounded floor ma t. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boo t straps) can be used at stand ing workstations and are compatible with m ost types of shoes or boots. On conductive floors or di ssipative floor mats, use foot straps o n both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance b etween the operator and gr ound. To be effective, the conductive strips must be worn in contac t with the skin. The following g rounding equipmen t is recommended to prevent electrostatic damage : â Antista tic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins an d other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive tablet op workstations with grou nd cords of one megoh m resistance â Static-dissipa tive tables o r floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awareness labels â Material-handling pa ckages â Nonconductive plastic bags, tub es, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic vol tage levels and prote ctive materi als The following tab le lists the shielding protection provided b y antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V Preliminary replacement requ irements 41
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides remova l and replacement procedures. There are as many a s 65 screws, in 9 differen t sizes, that must be removed, replaced, or loosened when servicing the device. Make special note of each screw size a nd location during removal and replace ment. Service tag When ordering parts or requesting information , provide th e computer serial number a nd model description provided on the service tag: (1) Product name: This is the product na me a ffixed to the front of the device. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an a lphanumeric identifie r that is u nique to eac h product. (3) Part number/Product n umber (p/n): This nu mber provides specific information about the p roduct's hardware components. The part number helps a service techni cian to determine what components and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the alphanumeric i dentifier used to locate documents, drivers, and sup port for the device. (5) Warranty period: This numb er describes the du ration of the warranty period for the device. 42 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Device feet The device feet are ad hesive-backed rubber pads, tethered to the base enclosure. Description Spare part number Rubber Kit 537618-001 Component replacement p rocedures 43
Battery Description Spare part nu mber 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery ( 2.55-Ah, 55-Wh) 537627-001 3-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery ( 2.55-Ah, 28-Wh) 537626-001 Before disassembling the device, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the device upside-down o n a flat su rface, with the batt ery bay toward you. 2. Slide th e battery release latches (1) to release th e battery. 3. Remove the battery (2) . Reverse this proc edure to insta ll a battery. 44 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
SIM NOTE: This section applies only to de vice models with WWAN capability. NOTE: If there is a SIM inserted in th e SIM slot, it must be removed befo re disassembling the computer. Be sure that the SIM i s reinserted in th e SIM slot after reassemblin g the computer. Before removi ng the SIM, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibe rnation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). Remove the SIM: 1. Pres s in on the SIM (1) . (The module is pa rtially ejected from the SIM slot.) 2. Remove the SIM (2) from the SIM slot. Reverse this procedure to insert the SIM. Component replacement p rocedures 45
Memory module Description Spare part nu mber Memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DDR2) 512-MB (for use in HP Mini 110 and Compaq Mini 110 only) 537663-001 1024-MB 537664-001 2048-MB 537665-001 Before removing the memory module, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Loosen the 2 Phillips 2.0Ã3.0 captive screws (1) that secure the memo ry module compa rtment cover to the computer. 2. Swing the cover up and away from the inside o f the computer (2) , and then remove the cover (3) . 3. Spre ad the retaining tab s (1) on each side of the memory mo dule slot to release the me mory module. (The edge of the module opp osite the slot rise s away from the device.) 46 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4. Remove the memory module (2) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle . NOTE: Memory modu les are designed with a notch (3) to prevent incorrect insertion into the memory module slot. Reverse this procedure to install a memory modul e. Component replacement p rocedures 47
Keyboard Description Spare part nu mber For use only on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed â For use only in Brazil 535689-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 535689-221 â For use only in Europe 535689-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sw eden 535689-DH1 â For use only in France 535689-051 â For use only in French Cana da 535689-121 â For use only in Germany 535689-041 â For use only in Greece 535689-151 â For use only in Hungary 535689-211 â For use with international models 535689-B31 â For use only in Israel 535689-BB1 â For use only in Italy 535689-061 â For use only in Japan 535689-291 â For use only in Latin America 535689-161 â For use only in Portugal 535689-131 â For use only in Russia 535689-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 535689-171 â For use only in South Korea 535689-AD1 â For use only in Spain 535689-071 â For use only in Switzerland 535689-111 â For use only in Taiwan 535689-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 535689-281 â For use only in Turkey 535689-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 535689-031 â For use only in the United States 535689-001 For use only on models with Mobile Mi installed â For use only in Brazil 535690-201 â For use only in French Cana da 535690-121 â For use only in Japan 535690-291 â For use only in Latin America 535690-161 â For use only in South Korea 535690-AD1 â For use only in Taiwan 535690-AB1 48 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Description Spare part number â For use only in Thailand 535690-281 â For use only in the United States 535690-001 For use on pink mod els only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slove nia 537954-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537954-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537954-221 â For use only in Europe 537954-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537954-DH1 â For use only in France 537954-051 â For use only in French Ca nada 537954-121 â For use only in Germany 537954-041 â For use only in Greece 537954-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537954-211 â For use with international models 537954-B31 â For use only in Israel 537954-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537954-061 â For use only in Japan 537954-291 â For use only in Latin America 537954-161 â For use only in Portugal 537954-131 â For use only in Russia 537954-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537954-171 â For use only in South Korea 537954-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537954-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537954-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537954-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 537954-281 â For use only in Turkey 537954-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 537954-031 â For use only in the United States 537954-001 For use with white HP models only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slove nia 537953-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537953-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537953-221 â For use only in Europe 537953-A41 Component replacement p rocedures 49
Description Spare part nu mber â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sw eden 537953-DH1 â For use only in France 537953-051 â For use only in French Cana da 537953-121 â For use only in Germany 537953-041 â For use only in Greece 537953-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537953-211 â For use with international models 537953-B31 â For use only in Israel 537953-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537953-061 â For use only in Japan 537953-291 â For use only in Latin America 537953-161 â For use only in Portugal 537953-131 â For use only in Russia 537953-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537953-171 â For use only in South Korea 537953-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537953-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537953-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537953-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 537953-281 â For use only in Turkey 537953-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 537953-031 For use with white HP and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje mode ls only in the United States 537953-001 Before removing the keyboard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 50 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Remove t he keyboard : 1. Remove the 3 Phillips SP2. 0Ã3.0 screws that secure the keyboard to the device. 2. Turn the device right-side up, and then open the display as far as possible. 3. Turn the device upside down, a nd locate the keyboa rd release access on the bottom of the computer, inside the batt ery bay. 4. Insert a flexible tool into the opening, and then press inward to releas e the keyboard. 5. Turn the device right-side up, and then lift up on the top and left ed ges (1) of the keyb oard until the keyboard releases comple tely. Component replacement p rocedures 51
6. Slide the ke yboard back until its to p edge rests on the disp lay assembly (2) . 7. Rele ase the zero insertio n force (ZIF) connector (1) to which the keyboard cable is attach ed. 8. Disconnect the cable (2) , and then remove the keyboard. 9. Remove the keyboard. Reverse this proc edure to install the keybo ard. 52 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
RTC battery Description Spare part number RTC batte ry 537616-001 Before removi ng the real-ti me cloc k (RTC) battery, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the device. If you are unsure whether the device is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the device on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal device s connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the device by first unplu g ging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the de vice. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ). Remove the RTC battery: 1. Di sconnect the RTC battery cable (1) from the system board. 2. De tach the RTC battery (2) from the system board. NOTE: The RT C battery is attached to the system board with double-sid ed tape. Reverse this procedure to in stall the RTC battery. Component replacement p rocedures 53
Mass storage devices NOTE: Each hard drive spare part kit and solid-state dr ive spare part kit includes a cab le and bracket. Description Spare part number Hard drive (select models only) 320-GB, 5400-RPM 591398-001 250-GB, 5400-RPM 537635-001 160-GB, 7200-RPM 590669-001 160-GB, 5400-RPM 537634-001 Hard Driv e Hardwa re Kit 537641-001 Solid-state dri ve 64-GB 537640-001 32-GB 537639-001 16-GB 537638-001 8-GB 537637-001 Solidâstate Drive Hardware Kit 537642-001 Before removing the hard drive or so lid-state drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ). To remove the mass storag e assembly: 1. Loosen the Phillips SP2 .5Ã10.0 captive screw (1) , and remove th e two Phillips PM2.0Ã5 .0 screws (2) that secure the assembl y to the device. 54 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2. Use the Mylar tab to slide the assembly to the left (3) to disconnect it, and remove the assembly (4) . Continue with one of the following sections for hard drive or solid-state drive replacement. Hard drive 1. Remove the 4 Phillips SP3. 0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive. 2. Using the Mylar tab, lift the bracket (2) away from the hard drive. Reverse this procedure to install a hard drive. Solid-state drive To remove the solid-state drive: 1. Remove the 4 Phillips SP2. 0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the solid-state drive bracket to the solid- state dr ive. Component replacement p rocedures 55
2. Lift the solid-state drive (2) to remove it . Reverse this proc edure to install a solid- state drive. 56 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Top cover Description Spare part number Top cover (includes TouchPad) â For use with black and blue models only 537622-001 â For use with pink HP models only 537625-001 â For use with white HP models only 537624-001 â For use with HP Mini 110 by Stud io Tord Boontje models only 579615-001 Before removi ng the top cover, foll ow these steps: 1. Shut down the device. If you are unsure whether the device is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the device on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal device s connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the device by first unplu g ging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the de vice. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the memory module (see Memory module on page 46 ). 7. Remove the keyboard (s ee Keyboard on page 48 ). 8. Re move the hard drive or solid-sta te drive asse mbly (see Mass storage devices on page 54 ). Remove t he top co ver. 1. Turn the device upside down, with the front toward you. 2. Use a thin, flat tool to release the 4 tethe red rubber fe et. 3. Remove the four Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) , and the Phillips SP2.0Ã5.0 screw (2) that secure the top cove r to the base en closure. Component replacement p rocedures 57
4. Turn the device right-side up , with the front to ward you. 5. Open the device as far as possible. 6. Remove the 8 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that secure the top cover to the base enclosure. 7. Lift the inside edge of the top cover (1) and swing it up. Then slide the top cover back slightly to rest against the display assembly (2) at an angle. 8. Release the ZIF connector (1) to which th e TouchPad bu tton boar d cable is conn ected. 58 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
9. Disconnect the TouchPad button board cab le (2) from the system board, and then remove the top cover. Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement p rocedures 59
WLAN module Description Spare part nu mber WLAN/Bluetooth combination module 575920-001 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN module For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518436-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arge ntina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Bar bados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botsw ana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroo n, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guin ea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, F inland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory C oast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Li beria, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembour g, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi crone sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Pa lau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philipp ines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldo va, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saud i Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leon e, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sr i Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the Unit ed Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518436-002 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-003 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arge ntina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Bar bados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botsw ana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroo n, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guin ea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, F inland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory C oast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Li beria, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembour g, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi crone sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Pa lau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philipp ines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldo va, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saud i Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leon e, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sr i Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the Unit ed Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 60 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
CAUTION: The WWAN module and the WLAN module a re not interch angeable. To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wire less module only with a wi reless modul e authorized for use in the device by the go vernmental agency th at re gulates wireless de vices in your country or region. If you repla ce the module and the n receive a warning messa ge, remove the modu le to restore device functionality, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. Before removi ng the WLAN module, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the device. If you are unsure whether the device is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the device on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal device s connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the device by first unplu g ging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the de vice. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Re move the following components: a. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or so lid-state drive (see Mass storage devices on page 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the WLAN mo dule: 1. Re move the 2 Phillips PM2. 0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the WLAN module to the system board. (The edge of the module opposite the slo t rises away from the device.) 2. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables (2) from the terminals on the WLAN module. 3. Remove the WLAN module (3) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. Component replacement p rocedures 61
WWAN module NOTE: Not available for computers with Mobile Mi installed. Description Spare part nu mber HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (select mod els only) 483377-002 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use only wi th Verizon Wireless (select mo dels only) 4 83377-003 WWAN module for use only in the People's Republic of Chin a 571888-001 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use only in the People's Re public of China 574246-001 WWAN minicard module 531993-001 WWAN module for use only with Telefonica 592625-161 WWAN module for use only with Am Movil 592624- 161 WWAN module for use only with AT&T 591612-001 CAUTION: The WWAN module and the WLAN module are not interchangea ble. To prevent an unrespo nsive system, replace the wirele ss module only with a wireless module a uthorized for use in the de vice by the governm ental agency that regulates wirele ss devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then rece ive a warning me ssage, remove the module to re store device functionality, an d then cont act technical supp ort. Before removing the WWAN module, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. Remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the WWAN module: 1. Remove the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the WWAN co nnector module (3) to the system board. (The edge of the module oppo site the slot rises away from the device.) 2. Disconnect the wireless antenna cabl es (2) from the termin als on the WWAN module. NOTE: The red WWAN antenna cable is connected to the WWAN module âMai nâ terminal. The blue WWAN antenna cabl e is connected to the WWAN module âAuxâ terminal. 62 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3. Remove the WWAN module (3) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install the WWAN module. Component replacement p rocedures 63
USB/audio board Description Spare part nu mber USB/audio board (includes cable) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 537614-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 581325-001 Before removing the USB/audi o bo ard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the comp uter. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibern ation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ). b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ). c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ). Remove the USB board: 1. Release the ZIF connector (1) to which the U SB/audio board cable is connec ted, and disco nnect the cable (2) . 2. Release the USB/audio board from the clip attached to the base en closure (3) , and re move the USB/audio board (4) . 64 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to install the USB/audio board. Component replacement p rocedures 65
Power/battery pass-through board Description Spare part nu mber Power/battery pass-through b oard For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 537615-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 581326-001 Before removing the p ower/battery pass-thro ugh board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the power/batte ry pass-through board : 1. Disconnect the power cable (1) . 2. Remove the 2 Phillip s BP2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the p ower/batt ery pass-throu gh board to the base encl osure. 66 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3. Remove the power/battery pass-through board (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the power/battery pass-through board. Component replacement p rocedures 67
Fan Description Spare part nu mber Fan 537613-001 NOTE: To properl y ventilate the device, allow at least a 7.6-cm (3-inch) clea rance on the left side of the device. The device u ses an electric fan fo r vent ila tion. The fan is controll ed by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automatically wh en high temperature conditions exist. These conditio ns are affected by hig h external temperatures, syst em power consumption, power ma nagement/battery conservation configurations, battery fast charging, and softwa re requirements. Exhaust air is displace d through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the device. Before removing the fan, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the fa n: 1. Disconnect the fan cable (1) . 2. Remove the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the fan to the base enclosure. 68 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3. Remove the fan (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the fan. Component replacement p rocedures 69
Heat sink assembly Description Spare part nu mber Heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 537619-001 Before removing the heat sink assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) d. WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 60 ) e. Fan (see Fan on page 68 ) Remove the heat sink as sembly: 1. Remove the 4 Phillip s SP1.5Ã1.05 screws (1) that secure the heat si nk assembly to the system board. NOTE: Th e screws are numbered 1 thro ugh 4. Foll ow this order when removing the screws. 70 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2. Remove the heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: Due to the ad hesive quality of th e thermal material locate d between the heat sink assembly and system board components, it may be necessary to move th e heat sink assembly from side to side to d etach th e assembl y. NOTE: The thermal material mu st be thoroughl y cl eaned from the surfaces o f the heat sink assembly and the system bo ard each time the heat sink assemb ly is removed. Thermal paste is used on the processor (1) , and thermal tape is used on the Northbri dge chip (2) . Replacement thermal material is include d with all heat si nk assembly and system board spa re part kits. Reverse this procedure to inst all the heat si nk assembly. Component replacement p rocedures 71
System board Description Spare part nu mber System board (includes processor and repl acement thermal material) Includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 571370-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 537662-001 Includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 579569-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 579568-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are r emove d from the defective system board and installed on the replac ement system board: â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 60 ) â WWAN module, if included (see WWAN module on pa ge 62 ) â RTC batt ery (se e RTC battery on page 53 ) â Heat sink assembly (see Heat sink assembly on page 70 ) 72 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Remove the system board : 1. Release the tape securing the WWAN an tennas (1) . 2. Di sconnect the follow ing cables from the system bo ard: (2) Display panel cable (3) Microphone ca ble (4) Speaker cable (5) WLAN cables (6) WWAN cables (select models only) 3. Re move the 2 Phillips PM1. 5Ã2.0 screws (1) that secure the actuat ors for the power switch and wireless on/off switch to the system board. 4. Remove the actuators (2) . Component replacement p rocedures 73
5. Remove the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws that se cure the system board to the base encl osure. 6. Grasp the system board at the mid point of the left side (1) , and lift it up. 7. Pull the system board (2) out to the left at an angle to remove it. 8. Remove the system board. Reverse the proced ure to install the system board. 74 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Display assembly NOTE: Each display assembl y spare part kit include s 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 spea ker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables; WWAN on select models o nly. Description Spare part number For use with black HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 572407-001 â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare displa y assembly 572406-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537646-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579604-001 For use with pink HP m odels only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 572413-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571416-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579608-001 For use with white HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 572411-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571415-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579606-001 For use with blue HP m odels only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 591647-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 591648-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 579612-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 579610-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579614-001 For use with Compaq models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare displa y assembly 572414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571417-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537643-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579626-001 Hinge covers 53761 7-001 Display bezel For use with HP Mini 1101 and HP Mini 110 only 537650-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by St udio Tord Boontje models only 581324-001 For use with Compaq Mini 110 only 537644-001 Component replacement p rocedures 75
Description Spare part number Displa y Hing e Kit (Includes left and right display panel hin ges) 537658-001 Speaker assembly (includes left and right cables) 537621-001 Display panel 10.1-inch high-definition AntiGlare 572405-001 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare 537656-001 10.1-inch WSVGA AntiGlare 579570-001 Webcam module 537660-001 Display Cable Kit (includes display/webcam cable and WLAN antennas) â For use with high-definition and standard- definition display panels only 537657-001 â For use with WSVGA display panels only 579571-001 Microphone assembly 581323-001 WWAN antennas 537655-001 Display enclosure (includes logo ) For use with black HP models only 537651 -001 For use with pink HP models only 537654-001 For use with white HP models only 537653 -001 For use with blue HP models only 591649-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 579576-001 For use with Compaq models only 537645-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 538510-001 Before removing the display assembly, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 76 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Re move the following components: a. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or so lid-state drive (see Mass storage devices on page 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the display assembly: 1. Release the tape securing the WWAN an tennas (1) . 2. Di sconnect the follow ing cables from the system bo ard: (2) Display panel cable (3) Microphone ca ble (4) Speaker cable (5) WLAN cables (6) WWAN cables (select models only) CAUTION: Support the display assembly when removing the following screws. Failure to support the display assembly can result in damage to the display assembly an d other device comp onents. 3. Re move the 4 Phillips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the display assembly to t he device. NOTE: One screw on the left hinge (2) also se cures the display panel cabl e ground strap. Component replacement p rocedures 77
4. Remove the display assembly (3) . 5. If it is nece ssary to replace the di spla y bezel, perform the following steps: a. Remove the display hinge covers (1) . b. Flex the insid e edges of the top and bottom (2) , and then the left and right sides (3) of the display bezel un til the bezel disengages from the display enclo sure. c. Remove the display bezel (4) . 78 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
6. If it is ne cessary to repl ace the display pane l, perform the following step s: a. Remove the 7 Phillips PM 2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure th e display panel to the display enclosure. b. Lift the disp lay panel up from the displa y enclosure (1) . c. Discon nect the webca m cable (2) from the system board (2) d. Remove the display panel (3) from the display enclosure. 7. If it is ne cessary to rep lace the spea ker assembly, perform the following steps: a. Remove the three Ph illips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the speaker assembly to the display enclosure. Component replacement p rocedures 79
b. Remove the speaker assembly (2) . 8. If it is necessary to replace the d isplay hinges, perfo rm the following steps: a. Remove the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure each hinge to th e display encl osure. b. Remove the hinges (2) . 9. If it is neces sary to replace the displa y panel cable, perfor m the foll owing steps: a. Peel back the Mylar protection on the back of the display panel (1) . 80 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
b. Disconn ect the display panel cable (2) . 10. If it is ne cessary to repl ace the w ebcam module, perform the followi ng steps: a. Discon nect the webca m cable (1) from the webcam. b. Remove the webcam (2) . 11. If it is necessary to replace the microphone recei ver, perform the following steps: a. Release the microphone rece iver from the clip (1) that secu res it to th e display enclosure. Component replacement p rocedures 81
b. Pull the receiver through the tabs (2) , and remove the microphone receiv er (3) . 12. If it is necessary to replace the wirele ss anten na transceivers and cables , detach the ca bles from the adhesive (1) that secures them to the display en closure, and then remove the cables (2) . Reverse this proc edure to reassemb le and install th e display assembly. 82 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
5 Setup Utility Starting the Se tup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM- based information and customization ut ility that can be used even when your operating system is not working. The utility reports informatio n about the device and pr ovides settin gs for startup, security, and other prefere nces. To start the Setup Utility: î Open the Setup Utility b y turning on or restarting the d evice, and then pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ me ssage is displaye d in the lower-left co rner of the screen. Using the Setup Utility Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the language of the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already running, be gin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the device, and th en pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ me ssage is displaye d in the lower-left co rner of the screen. 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Lan guage , and then press enter . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and th en press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selected is displaye d, press enter . 5. To save your change and exit the Setup Utility, use th e a rrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes in to effect immediately. Navigating and selectin g in the Setup Utility Because the Setup Utilit y is not operating systemâbased, it does not suppor t the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystro ke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use the arrow keys. â To choose an ite m in a list or to toggle a field, for example a n Enable/Disable field, use e ither the arrow keys or f5 or f6 . Starting the Setup Utility 83
â To select a n item, pr ess enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu di splay, press esc . â To display additional navigation and selection information while the Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displaying system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the device, and then pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ message is display ed in the lower-le ft corner of the screen. 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the device is disp layed. 3. To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the ar row keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . Restoring default settin gs in the Setup Utility The following p rocedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Utility defa ult setting s. If the Setup Ut ility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Ut ility is already runn ing, begin at ste p 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the device, and then pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ message is display ed in the lower-le ft corner of the screen. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Setup Confirmati on is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your chan ge and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . The Setup Utilit y default settin gs go into ef fect when th e device restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and language settings are not changed when you restore the factory default settings. Exiting the Setup Utility You can exit the Setu p Utility wi th or wit hout saving changes. â To exit the Setup Ut ility and save you r changes from the c urrent sess ion: If the Setup Utility menus are not vi sible, press esc to return to the menu disp lay. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your change s from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not vi sible, press esc to return to the menu disp lay. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After either choice, the de vice restarts and loads th e operating system. 84 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this sec tion provid e an overview of Setup Utili ty options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in this chapter may not be supported by your device. Main menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the device. â View specification information about the pr ocessor, memory size, and system BIOS. Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administrator pa ssword. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on passwor d. System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Cha nge the Setup Utility language. Processor C4 State Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. Boot Options Set the following boot options: â f10 and f12 Delay (sec.) â Set the delay for the f10 and f12 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠Internal hard drive (select models only) ⦠USB Floppy ⦠USB CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠USB flash drive ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠USB Card Reader ⦠Network adapter NOTE: Only the devices attached to the system will a ppear in the boot order menu. Setup Utility menus 85
Diagnostics menu Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive. Memory Test Run a diagn ostic test on the system memory. 86 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
6 Specifications Device specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Depth 16.67 cm 6.56 i n Width 26.17 cm 10.30 in Height 2.52 cm 0.99 in Weight 10.1-in. LCD, equipped with a 3-cell battery, hard drive, 1-GB memory, WLAN module, and 2 wireless an tennas 1.11 kg 2.45 l b 10.1-in. LCD, equipped with a 3-cell battery,solid-state drive, 1-GB memory, WLAN module, and 2 wireless a ntennas 1.09 kg 2.40 l b Input power Operating voltage 19 V dc @ 1.58 A â 30 W Operating current 1.58 A Temperature Operating 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 65°C -4°F to 1 49°F Relative humidity (noncond ensing) Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 0% to 95% Maximum altitud e (unpress urized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specif y thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The de vice operates well within this range of temperatures. Device specifications 87
10.1-inch, AntiGlare display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 23.45 cm 9.23 in Width 14.30 cm 5.62 in Diagonal 25.55 cm 10.05 in Number of colors 262,144 Contrast ratio 400:1 (typical) Brightness 200 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.2175 à 0.2175 mm Format Standardâdefinition: 1024 à 576 High-definition: 1366 à 768 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power cons umption 3.2 W Viewing angle /-45° horizontal, 15/-3 5° vertical (typical) 88 Chapter 6 Specifications
10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 12.53 cm 4.93 in Width 22.27 cm 8.77 in Diagonal 25.55 cm 10 .06 in Number of colors 262,144 Contrast ratio 400:1 (typical) Brightness 200 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.2175 à 0.2175 mm Format 1024 à 600 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power co nsumption 3.0 W Viewing angle /-40° horizontal, 20/- 40° vertical (typical) 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare display specifications 89
Hard drive specifications 160-GB to 320-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm Width 70 mm Weight 101 g Interface type PATA Trans fer rate 100 MB/sec Security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms Average 13 ms Maximum 24 ms Logical blocks 117,210,240 Disc rotational speed 5400 rpm 7200 rpm Operating temperature * 1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Actual accessible ca pacity is less. Actual drive specifications may differ sligh tly. NOTE: Certain restrictions and exclusions appl y. Contact technical support for details. 90 Chapter 6 Specifications
Solid-state drive specifications Performance Transfer modes supported UDMA 0-4, Multiword-DMA 0-2, PIO 0-4 Sustained read 39 MB/s ec Sustained write 17 MB/s ec Characteristics Interface Parallel ATA (PATA) MLC NAND flash cap acity 8 GB, 16 GB Electrical specifications DC supply voltage 3.3 V /â 5% Standby current 300 µA (typical) Active current Read = 130 mA (typical) Write = 120 mA (typical) Environmental specifications Operating temperature 0°C to 70°C (32°F to 158 °F) Storage temperature -25°C to 85°C (-1 3°F to 185°F) Operating altitude up to 24,384 m (80,000 feet) Humidity 5% to 90% non-condensing Shock 1,000 g Acoustic noise 0 dB Vibration 15 g (peak to peak) Physical specifications Connector 40-pin ZIF connector Weight (8-GB model) 5.5 g Weight (16-GB model) 7.0 g Dimensions (8-GB model) 54 à 32 à 2.6 mm Dimensions (16-GB model) 54 à 32 à 3.75 mm Regulations and comp liance RoHS, China RoHS, SGS ROHS, FCC, CE UL â PCB Only Solid-state drive specifications 91
System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System fu nction DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory acce ss controller 92 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System funct ion IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natural PS/2 Keyboard IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9 * Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numeric d ata processor IRQ14 Primary IDE chan nel IRQ15 Intel® 82801G (ICH 7 Family) SMBus Controllerâ27 DA IRQ16 Broadco m 802.11b/g WLAN no. 2 Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Exp ress Root Portâ27D0 Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Universal H ost Controllerâ27CB Microsoft UAA Bus Driver for High Definition Audio Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family IRQ17 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) PCI Express Roo t Portâ27D2 IRQ18 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Con trollerâ27CA IRQ19 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Con trollerâ27C9 IRQ23 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Con trollerâ27C8 Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB2 Enhance d Host Controller â27CC * Default configuration System interrupt specifications 93
System I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System function (shipp ing configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller 000 - CF7 PCI bus 010 - 01F Motherboard resources 020 - 021 Programmable interrupt controller 022 - 03F Motherboard resources 040 - 043 System timer 044 - 05F Motherboard resources 060 - 060 St andard 101-/102-Key or Micr osoft® Natural PS/2 Keyboard 061 - 061 System speaker 062 - 062 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 063- 063 Motherboard resources 064 - 064 St andard 101-/102-Key or Micr osoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard 065 - 065 Motherboard resources 066 - 066 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 067 - 06F Motherboard resources 070 - 071 System CMOS/real-time clock 072 - 07F Motherboard resources 080 - 080 Motherboard resources 081 - 083 DMA c ontroller 084 - 086 Motherboard resources 087 - 087 DMA c ontroller 088 - 088 Motherboard resources 089 - 08B DMA controller 08C - 08E Motherboard resources 08F - 08F DMA controller 090 - 09F Motherboard resources 0A0 - 0A1 Programmable interrupt controller 0A2 - 0BF Motherboard resources 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller 0E0 - 0EF Motherboard resources 0F0 - 0FF Numeric data processor 1F0 - 1F7 Primary IDE channel 274 - 277 ISAPNP Read Data Port 94 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shipping conf iguration) 279 - 279 ISAPNP Rea d Data Port 3B0 - 3BB Mobile Intel® 945 Express Chipset Family 3C0 - 3DF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family 3F6 - 3F6 Primary IDE channel 400 - 41F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) SMBus C ontrollerâ27DA 480 - 4BF Motherboard resources 4D0 - 4D1 Motherboard resources 500 - 501 Motherboard r esources 800 - 87F Motherboard resources A79 - A79 ISAPNP Read Data Port 0D00 - FFFF PCI bus D480 - D49F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Univer sal Host Controllerâ27C8 D800 - D81F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Univer sal Host Controllerâ27CA D880 - D89F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Univer sal Host Controllerâ27C9 DC00 - DC1 F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Controllerâ27C8 DC80 - DC8 7 Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family E000 - EFFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Express Root Portâ27D2 FFA0 - FFAF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) Ultra ATA Storage Controllersâ27DF System I/O address specifications 95
System memory map specifications Memory address System function 00000000 - 0009FFFF System board 000A0000 - 000BFFFF Mobile I ntel® 945 Express Chipset Fa mily 000A0000 - 000BFFFF PCI bus 000C0000 - 000CFFF F System board 000D0000 - 000DFFF F PCI bus 000E0000 - 000FFFFF System boa rd 00100000 - 3F7FFF FF System board 3F800000 - DFFFF FFF PCI bus D0000000 - DFFF FFFF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family E0000000 - E3FFFFFF Motherboard resources E4000000 - FED8FFFF PCI bus FE880000 - FE8FFFFF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family FE937C00 - FE93 7FFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ27CC FE938000 - FE93BFFF Microsoft® UAA Bus Driver for High Definition Audio FE940000 - FE97FFFF Mobile Intel 945 Expr ess Chipset Family FE980000 - FE9FFFFF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family FEA00000 - FEAFFFFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Express Root Portâ27D0 FEAFC000 - FEAFFFFF Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN FEB00000 - FEBFFFFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Express Root Portâ27D2 FEC00000 - FEC00FFF Motherboard resources FED13000 - FED19FFF System board FED1C000 - F ED1FFFF Motherboard resources FED20000 - FED3FFF F Motherboard resources FED40000 - FED8FFF F Motherboard resources FED90000 - FFFF FFFF System boa rd FEE00000 - FEE00FFF Motherboard resources 96 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specificat ion and reference information for th e screws and screw locks used in the device. All screws listed in this section are ava ilable in the Screw Kit, sp are part number 537620-00 1; or in the Display Screw Kit, spa re part number 5385 10-001. Phillips PM1.5Ã1.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 6 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 1.0 mm Where used : 4 screws that secure the heat sink to the system board Phillips PM1.5Ã1.0 screw 97
Where used: Two screws that secure the power and wire less switch actuators to the base enclosure 98 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 20 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used : 3 screws that secure th e keyboard to the device Where used : Four screws that secure the so lid-state drive to the bracket Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 99
Where used: Se ven screws that secure th e display panel to the display enclosure Where used: Three screws that secure the speake r assembly to the display enclosure Where used: Four screws that secure th e hinges to the display panel 100 Ch apter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 captive screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 captive screw 101
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 4.0 mm 2 .0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Two screws that secure the WLAN module to the system board Where used: Two screws that secure the WWAN to the system board 102 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 3 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used : Two screws that secure the hard drive or solid-state drive to the system boa rd Where used : One screw that secures the to p cover to the base enclosur e Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw 103
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 15 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 m m Where used: Two screws that secure the power/battery pass-through board to the system board Where used: Four screws that secure the displa y assembly and top cover to the device 104 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : Two screws that s ecure the fan to the system board Where used : Three screws that secu re the system board t o the base enclosure Where used : Four screws that sec ure the display ass embly to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 105
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 12 7.0 mm 2 .5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Four screws that secure the to p cover to the base enclosure Where used: Eight screws that secure the to p cover to the base enclosure 106 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 1 10.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used : One captive screw, with a C-clip, that secure s the hard drive or s olid-state drive bracket to the system board Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw 107
Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 4 4.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Four screws that secure th e hard driv e bracket to th e hard drive 108 Chapter 7 Screw listing
8 Backup and recovery Select the section in this chapt e r that applies to the operating syst em installed on your computer. 109
Mobile Mi backup and recovery Use the instructions in this section if Mobile Mi is installed on your co mputer. To protect your information, back up your files and folders. Then if the system fails, you can restore your important files from cop ies. You can also use the opti ons li sted in this section to restore the operating system and programs that were installed at the factory. Backing up your information Successful recovery after a system failure dep ends on whether you have completely backed up your files. You should back up yo ur files on a regular basis to mainta in up-to-date files. You can back up important persona l files and folders to the Mini Mobile Driv e (select mode ls only), to an external hard drive, or to a U SB flash drive (purchased separately). When to back up â On a regular basis â Before the system is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Restoring your information In case of system failure or instability, you can re store the operating system and programs installed at the factory. CAUTION: The restore process re formats ha rd drive, completely erasin g all information. All the files you have created and any software installed on the device are perma nently removed. The restore process reinstalls the original op erating system, so ftware, and drivers. Software, drivers, and updates not installed with th e factory image must be reinsta lled using Update Manager. The device provides the follo wing restore options: â System Restore (installed on the device): You can use the System Restore utility to restore the original operating system and programs. â HP Mi Restore Image Crea tor (USB flash drive): If you are unab le to boot (start up) th e device, and if you are unable to us e System Restore, yo u can use another computer to download the HP Mi Restore Image Creator utility and create a bo otable USB flash drive (purchased separately). You can then use the USB flash drive to install the HP Mi recovery image and pro grams on your device. Note the following be fore beginning the restore pro cess: â The device must be connected to AC power during the restore pr ocess. â The restore process may take several hours to complete. â If possible, all perso nal files should be backed up. 110 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
Using System Restore NOTE: System Restore is the recommended op tion to restore the original operating system. To restore the original operating sy stem and programs using the System Restore ut ility that is installed on the device, follow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the device, an d then press the esc key repeatedly while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ message is displayed in th e lower-left corner of the screen . The âSystem Restore â page opens. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Syst em Restor e , and then press enter . 3. Follow the on-screen instruct io ns to res tore the sy stem. Using HP Mi Restore Image Creato r NOTE: Use HP Mi Re store Image Creator if you are un able to boot (start up) the device , and if you are unable to use System Restore. You will need the following before you begin this restore process: â A 2-GB (minimum) USB flash drive (purchased separately) NOTE: This USB flash drive should have bootable capability. Refe r to the USB flash drive manufacturer for add itional information. â An additional computer run ning either a Windows® or Linux op erating system To perform this restore option, yo u download the HP Mi Restore Image Creator utility and Mini operating system onto another computer and then transfer the necessary files to the USB flash drive. The drive can then be used to reboot yo ur device and restore the system. Follow the specific operating sys tem instructions in this section to restore your sys tem. CAUTION: The restore process reforma ts and completely erases the hard dr ive on the Mini. All the files you have created an d any software installed on the device are permanently remo ved. The restore process reinstalls the original operating system, s oft ware, and drivers. Softwa re, drivers, and updates not installed with th e factory image must be reinsta lled using Update Manage r. Restoring using a Windows computer To download the files to a computer running a Win dows operating system and th en restore your device, follow these steps: 1. From your Windows computer, go to http://www.hp.com . 2. Select the Supp ort & Drivers tab. 3. Under âStep 1: Start by selecting a task,â select Download drivers an d software (and firmware) . 4. Un der âStep 2: Enter a pr oduct name / number,â type the part n umber/product number (p/n) of your Mini, and then sele ct Go . NOTE: Th e p/n is located on the se rvice tag affixed to the bottom of you r Mini. 5. Under âWhich operating system is used with your product? â select HP Mi or Linux . Mobile Mi backup and recove ry 111
6. Select HP Mi Restore Image Creator (for Windows) . 7. Select D ownload only . 8. Save ImageCreator.msi to the Windows computer. 9. Double-click ImageCreator.msi and follow the on-screen instru ctions to install HP Mi Restore Image Creato r. 10. Insert the USB flash driv e into a USB port on the Windows computer. CAUTION : The restore proces s reformat s and completely era ses the USB flas h drive. All the files on the USB flash drive are permanently removed. 11. Launch HP Mi Restore Im age Crea tor from the Start menu. 12. Select D ownload HP Mini recovery image . 13. Select the target USB flash drive, and then select Start to download the latest Mini recovery image from th e HP Web site. The recovery image will be downloaded and saved to the Windows comput er and then written to the USB flash drive. 14. When the download and write proce sses ar e complete, remove the USB flash drive. 15. Insert the USB flash drive into a USB port on your Mini. 16. Change the boot order b y turning on or restarting the device, and the n pressing f9 repeatedly while the âF9 = Change Boot Device Orderâ message is disp layed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 17. Use th e arrow keys to select th e USB flash drive, an d then press enter . 18. Press enter again to begin restoring the device. 19. Follow the on-screen inst ructions to in stall the operating system and programs. 20. After the operating system and programs ar e installed, remove the USB flash drive. NOTE: After t he operating system and programs are installed, the device automatically restart s. You are then promp ted to set up your device. 21. Use Update Manager to reinstall any u pdates not installed with the factory image. 22. Rest ore your perso nal files. NOTE: After this process is complete , you can uninstall the HP Mi Restore Image Creator utility from the Windows computer an d delete the downloaded reco very image from the USB flash drive. (Th e image must be delete d manually.) Restoring us ing a Linux comput er To download the files to a computer running a Li nux operating system and then restore your device, follow these steps: 1. From your Linux computer, go to http://www.hp.com . 2. Select the Support & Drivers ta b. 112 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
3. Under âStep 1: Start by selecting a task,â select Download drivers an d software (and firmware) . 4. Un der âStep 2: Enter a pr oduct name / number,â type the part n umber/product number (p/n) of your Mini, and then sele ct Go . NOTE: Th e p/n is located on the se rvice tag affixed to the bottom of you r Mini. 5. Under âWhich operating system is used with your product? â select HP Mi or Linux . 6. Select HP Mi Restore Image Creator (for Linux) . 7. Select Download only . 8. Save liveusb-creator-ubuntu_0.3.3netbook 0dennis5_all.deb to the Linux computer. 9. Ins tall liveusb-creator -ubuntu_0 .3.3netbo ok 0dennis5_all.deb on the L inux computer. 10. Ins ert the USB flash drive into a USB port on the Linux compute r CAUTION: The restore process reformats and comple tely erases the USB flash drive. All the files on the USB flash drive are pe rmanently removed. 11. Open a terminal window and type the fo llowing com mand at the command pro mpt: sudo liveusb-creator 12. Select Download restore image/HP Mi Restore Image . 13. Sele ct the target USB flash drive, and th en select Start to download the latest Mini recovery image from the HP Web s ite. The recovery image will be download ed and saved to the Linux computer, and then written to the USB flash drive. 14. When the download and write processes are complete, remove the USB flash drive. 15. Ins ert the USB flash drive into a USB port on your Mini. 16. Change the boot order by turning on or restarting the d evice, and then pressing f9 repeatedly while the âF9 = Chang e Boot Device Orderâ message is di spla yed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 17. Use the arrow keys to select the USB flash drive, and then press enter . 18. Press enter again to begin restoring the device. 19. Follow the on-screen instructions to in stall the operating system and programs. 20. After the operating syst em and programs ar e installed, remove the USB flash drive. NOTE: After t he operating system and programs are in stalled, the device automatically restarts. You are then prompted to se t up your device. 21. Use Update Manager to rein stall any updates no t installed with the factory image. 22. Restore your personal files. NOTE: After this process is complete , you can uninstall the HP Mi Restore Image Cr eator utility from the Linux computer and delete the downloade d recove ry image from the USB fl ash drive. (The image must be deleted manu ally.) Mobile Mi backup and recove ry 113
Windows 7 backup and recovery Use the instructions in the section if Wi ndows 7 is ins talled on your computer. To protect your information, back up your files and folders. In case of system failure, you can use the backup files to restore your computer. CAUTION: In the even t of a hard driv e failure, you canno t use your comput er to access the Disaster Recovery utility. Therefore, HP recommends that you download the Di saster Recovery utility SoftPaq, and then extract it to a USB fla sh drive as soon as possible after softwa re setup. For detai ls, refer to âDownloading and extracting the Disaster Recovery utilit yâ later in this chapter. Depending on your computer mo del, you may have on e of the following backup an d recovery solutions: â Roxio BackOnTrack â HP Recovery Manager NOTE: For detailed information, pe rform a search for these topics in Help and Support. Backing up and recoveri ng using Roxio BackOnTrack Successful recovery after a system failure dep ends on whether you have completely backed up your files. If Roxio BackOnTrack is prei nstalled on your computer, BackOnTr ack allows you to create a backup of your computer image. You should cre ate the initial backup immediat ely after software setup. As you add new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reaso nably current backup. Note the following guidelines when backing up your informa tion: â Store personal files in the Documents library and back up this folder regularly. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. â Save customized settings in a window, tool bar, or me nu bar by taking a screen shot of your settin gs. The screen shot can be a time-saver if you have to reset your preferen ces. To copy the screen a nd paste it into a w ord-processing do cument, follow these steps: 1. Display the screen. 2. Copy the screen: â To copy the active window, press alt fn prt sc . â To copy the entire screen, pre ss fn prt sc . 3. Open a word-processing document, select Edit>Paste . 4. Save the document. Creating a copy of the hard drive The back up drive function of BackOnTrack creates a Disaster R ecovery Set that is a n exact image of your hard drive dat a. You can back up th e image to an extern al hard drive (p urchased sep arately). To create a Disaster Recovery Set using BackOnTrack, fo llow these steps: 114 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: Be sure that the comp uter is connecte d to AC power befor e you start the b ackup process. 1. Select Start>Al l Programs> Roxio. 2. Select BackOnTrack>BackOnTrack Home>Disaste r Recovery . 3. Select Backup drive . 4. Select a drive to back up. 5. Add a comment to describe the backup. NOTE: Comments are optional, but add ing comments can help you rem ember the purpo se of the backup. The da te and list of drives being backed up are automatically includ ed in the description. 6. Select a destination for th e Disaster Rec overy Set. NOTE: Th e destination ca nnot be a ne twork drive. 7. Select the action button at the bottom-right of the computer screen. 8. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a recovery In case of system failure or inst ability, the computer provides the following ways to re cover your files: â BackOnTrack Disaster Recovery utility: You can use Disaster Recovery to re cover your hard drive image (including your files, programs, a nd operating system) after a ha rd drive failure. â BackOnTrack Instant Restore utility: You can use Instant Restore to quickly restore your computer to a working state if a software- related problem occurs . The Instant Restore utility automatically creates working st ates period ically. You can also def ine a working st ate by saving the current computer state ma nually. NOTE: For more information about com puter system states, refer to the BackOnTrack software help. Using the Disaster Recovery utility NOTE: To perform a recovery wit h Disaster Reco very, you need a USB flash drive (purchased separately). For optim um performance, the ca pacity of the d rive should be no larger than 2 GB. Disaster Recovery recovers data fr om a Disaster Recovery Set that you previously created with Roxio BackOnTrack. Disaster Recovery i s available from the HP Web site in a com pressed file called a SoftPaq . NOTE: Running the SoftPaq makes the USB drive bootable. CAUTION: Before performing a disaster recovery, you mu st download the Disaster Recovery utility and extract it to a USB fla sh drive. Downloading and e xtracting the Disaste r Recovery utility To download an d extract Disaster Recovery, follow these step s: 1. Connect a bootable USB flash drive or extern al drive to a USB port on your co mputer. 2. Op en your Web brow ser, go to http://www.hp.com/ sup port , and select your country or region. Windows 7 backup and recovery 115
3. Enter the SoftPaq number SP42226 in the Search box, press enter , and then fo llow the on-screen instructions. 4. Select D ownload only to save the file to yo ur computer. 5. When prompted, select Save , and then select the external d riv e from the list of storage locations. 6. After the file is downloade d, navigate to the USB flash drive or e xternal drive, an d then double- click the SoftPaq file to format the USB flash drive and extract the Di saster Recovery files. 7. If pro mpted to do so, restart your compute r after the installa tion is complete. Restoring your hard drive image To restore your hard drive image using Disaster Recovery, follo w these steps: 1. Connect the external hard drive containing the Disaster Recovery Set to your computer. 2. Con nect the boot able USB flash drive co ntaining th e extracted Disaster Recovery utility to a USB port on your computer. 3. Change the boot device orde r by turning on or restarting the com puter, and then press f9 . 4. Use th e arrow keys to select th e USB flash drive, an d then press enter . 5. At the Roxio BackOnTrack Disast er Recovery screen, select Disaster Recovery>Next . 6. Brow se to the extern al hard drive co ntaining the Disa ster Recovery Set , and then se lect Next . 7. Select Next to proceed with the recovery. NOTE: This process may ta ke several minutes. 8. After a message on t he screen repo rts a successful recovery, select Finish . Using the Instant Restore utility You can rest ore your comp uter from W indows wh en the operating system is functi oning. If the operating system is not functioning, you can also access the utility by restarting your computer. NOTE: For more informat ion about the In stant Restore utilit y, refer to the BackOnTrack sof tware Help. Using the Instant Restore utility wh en the operating system is functioning To recover infor mation when the operatin g system is functioning properly, follow these steps: 1. Save and close all open documen ts and close an y open programs. 2. Select Start>All Programs>Roxio . 3. Select BackOnTrack>BackOnTrack Home>Instant Rest ore . 4. Select R estore State , and then select a restore state. 5. Select the action button in the bottom-right co rner of the comp uter screen. 6. Select Yes to confirm your selected restore state. When the restore process is complete, the computer resta rts and a notifica tion message is disp layed. 116 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
Using the Ins tant Resto re utility w hen the op erating sy stem is not functioning To recover information when the operating syst em is not functioning, follow these steps: 1. Restart the computer. NOTE: If the oper ating system has stopped responding and the computer s creen is blue, restart the computer by turn ing the power switch off and the n on. 2. When the computer logo (HP or Compaq) is displayed on the screen, press the f6 button repeatedly until the Windows status ba r is displayed. 3. When the Roxio BackOnTrack screen is displa yed, follow the on-screen instructions. Using Windows Backup and Restore To create a backup using Windows Backup and Re store, follow these steps: NOTE: Be sure that the comp uter is connecte d to AC power befor e you start the b ackup process. NOTE: The backup process may take over an hour, d epending on file si ze and the spe ed of the computer. 1. Select Start>All Programs>Maintenance>Backup and Restore . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up a nd create a backup. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be pr ompted for your permission or pa ssword for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or cha nging Windows sett ings. Refe r to Help an d Support fo r more information. Using system restore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapsh ot of your hard drive at a spec ific point in time. You can then revert back to that point if you want to reverse subsequent changes ma de to your system. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier resto re point does not a ffect data files saved or e-mails create d since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased protection f or your system files and settings. When to create restore points â Before you add or extensively mo dify software or hardware . â Periodically, whenever the system is performi ng optimally. NOTE: If you revert to a restore point a nd then change your mind, you can reve rse the restoration. Creating a system restore point 1. Select Start>Control Panel>Syst em and Security>System . 2. In the left pane , select Sy stem protection . Windows 7 backup and recovery 117
3. Select the System Protection tab. 4. Under Protection Settings , select the disk fo r which you want to create a restore point. 5. Select Create . 6. Follow the on -screen instructions . Restoring to a previous date and time To revert to a resto re point (created at a previo us date and time) when the computer was functioning optimally, follo w these steps: 1. Select Start>Control Panel>System and Security>System . 2. In the left pane, select System p rotection . 3. Select the System Protection tab. 4. Select System Restore . 5. Follow the on -screen instructions . Backing up and recovering using HP Recovery Manager If your computer includes HP Re covery Manager, tools provided by the operating system and by HP Recovery Manage r software are designed to h elp you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information and re storing it in ca se of a system failure: â Backing up your information â Creating a set of recovery discs â Creating system restore points â Recovering a pr ogram or driver â Performing a full system recovery Backing up your information As you add new software and data files, you should back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably curre nt backup. Back up yo ur system at the fo llowing times: â At regularly schedul ed times NOTE: Set re minders to back up your informatio n periodically . â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Note the following when backing up: â Create system restore points using the Windows S ystem Restore feature, and periodically copy them to a di sc. â Store personal files in the Documents library, and pe riodically back up this folder. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. 118 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
â You can back up you r information to an op tional external hard d rive, a network drive, or discs. â When backing up to discs, use any of the following types of discs (purchased separately): CD-R, CD-RW, DVD R, DVD-R, or DVD±RW . The discs y ou use depend on the type of optical drive you are using. NOTE: DVDs store more information than CDs, so using the m for backup reduces the number of recovery discs re quired. â When backing up to discs, number each disc be fore inserting it into an optical drive. â Save the customized settings in a window, toolba r, or menu b ar by taking a screen shot of the settings. The screen sho t can be a time-saver if you have to reset your prefere nces. To copy the screen and paste the imag e into a word-processing docume nt: 1. Display t he screen. 2. Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press prt sc . 3. Open a word-processing document, selcet Edit> Paste . 4. Save the document. Creating a set of recovery discs HP recommends that you create recove ry discs to be sure that you can re store your syst em to its original factory state if you experience serious system failur e or instability. Create these discs after setting up the computer for the first time. NOTE: This task will require an optional external or shar ed optical drive. Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe place. The softw are allows the creation of only one set of recovery discs. Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need hi gh-quality DVD-R, DVD R, BD-R ( writable Blu-ray), or CD-R discs. All th ese discs are purchased separately. DVDs have a larger st orage ca pacity than CDs. If you use CDs, up to 20 discs may be required, whereas only a few DVDs are required. NOTE: Double-layer discs and read-write di scsâsuch as CD-RW, DVD±RW, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discsâare no t compat ible with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be co nnected to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery dis cs can be cr eated per comp uter. â Number each disc before inserting it into an optical drive. â If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating the recovery discs. The next time you open Recovery Mana ger, you will be prompted to contin ue the disc creation process. Windows 7 backup and recovery 119
To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start>All Programs>Recovery Manager>Recove ry Disc Creation . 2. Follow the on -screen instructions . Performing a recovery NOTE: You can recover only files that you ha ve previously backed up. HP recommends tha t you use Recovery Manager to create a set of recovery discs (entire drive backup) as soon as you set up your computer. Recovery Manage r software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager wo rks from recovery discs that you create or from a dedicated recovery partition (select mo dels only) on the hard dr ive. However, computers tha t include a solid- state drive (SSD) may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case, recovery discs have been included with your computer. Use these discs to recover your operating system and soft ware. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair featu res, such as System Restore. If you have no t already tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. For more inf ormation on the se built-in repair features, select Start>Help and Support . NOTE: Recovery Manager recovers only the software that was preinstalle d at the factory. Software not provided with this comp uter must be download ed from the manufa cturerâs Web site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer. Recovering using the recovery discs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Insert the first recovery disc into an optiona l optical drive, and restart the computer. 3. Follow the on -screen instructions . Recovering using the part ition on the hard d rive (select models only) On some models, you can perform a recovery from th e partit ion on the hard drive, which is a ccessed by pressing either the Start button or f11 . This restores the computer to its fact ory condition. NOTE: Computers with an SSD may not ha ve a recovery partition. If the compu ter does not have a recovery partition, you will no t be able to recover using this pr ocedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partit ion. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To restore the system from th e partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in ei ther of the following wa ys: Select Start>All Programs>Recovery Manager>Recovery Manage r . â or â a. Turn on or r estart the co mputer. b. Press f11 while the âPress f11 for recovery message is disp layed on the screen. 120 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: It may take several minutes for Recovery Manager to load. 2. In the Recovery Manager windo w, select System Recovery . 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Windows 7 backup and recovery 121
Windows Vista backup and recovery Use the instructions in this section if Wi ndows Vista is installed on your comp uter. Backing up your information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most current backup. You should create your initial backup im mediately after software setup. As you ad d new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably current backup. You can back up your information to an opt ional external ha rd drive, a ne twork drive, or discs. Note the following when backing up: â Store personal files in the Documents folder, and back it up regularly. â Back up templates that are store d in their associated programs. â Save customized setting s that appear in a wind ow, to olbar, or menu bar b y taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time -saver if you have to reset your pref erences. To create a screen sh ot: 1. Display the screen you want to save. 2. Copy the screen image: To copy only the active window, press alt fn p rt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc . 3. Open a w ord-processing do cument, and then select Edit > Paste . The screen image is added to the documen t. 4. Save the document. â When backing up to discs, use any of the following types of discs (purchased separately): C D-R, CD-RW, DVD R, DVD R DL, DVD-R, DVD-R DL, or DVD±RW. The discs you use will depend on the type of optical drive in stalled in you r computer. NOTE: DVDs a nd DVDs with double -layer (DL) su pport store more information than CDs, so using them for backup re duces the number of recove ry discs required. â When backing up to discs, num ber each disc before inse rting it into the optical drive of th e computer. To create a backup using Backup and R estore Cente r, follow these steps : NOTE: Be sure that the comput er is connected to AC power befor e you start the ba ckup process. NOTE: The backup p rocess may take o ver an hour, depending on file size and the spee d of the computer. 1. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenanc e > Backup and Restore Center . 2. Follow the on- screen instructions to back up your entire computer (select models only) or your files. 122 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: Windows® includes the User Account Contro l feature to improve the s ecurity of yo ur computer. You may be pr ompted for your permission or pa ssword for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or cha nging Windows sett ings. Refe r to Help an d Support fo r more information. Performing a recovery In case of system failure or inst ability, the computer provides the fo llowing tools to recover your files: â Windows recove ry tools: You can use the Back up and Restor e Center to reco ver information yo u have previously backed up. Yo u can also use Wind ows Startup Repair to fix p roblems that might prevent Windows from starting correctly. â f11 recovery tools: You can use the f11 recovery tools to recover your original hard drive image. The image in cludes the W indows op erating syste m and softwa re programs insta lled at the fac tory. NOTE: If you are unable to boot (start up) your computer, you must purch ase a Windows Vista® operating system DVD to reboot the computer and repair the operating system. For additional information, refer to the âUsing a Windows Vista operating system DVD (purc hased separate ly)â section in this guide. Windows Vista backup and recovery 123
Using the Windows recovery tools To recover informa tion you previo usly backed up, follo w these steps: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenanc e > Backup and Restore Center . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to reco ver your enti re computer (select mod els only) or your files. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control featu r e to improve the security of your compute r. You may be prompted for your permission or pa ssword for tasks such as installing sof tware, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to Help and Support fo r more information. To recover your information u sing Startup Repair, follow these steps: CAUTION: Using Startup Repair completely era ses hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files you have created an d any software install ed on the computer are permanently remo ved. When reformatting is complete, the reco very proc ess restores the operat ing system, as well as the drivers, software, and utilities from the backup used for recovery. 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. If p ossible, check f or the presen ce of the Windows partition and the HP Recovery partition. T o find the partitions, select Start > Comp uter . NOTE: If the Windows partition and the HP Recove ry partition have been deleted, you must recover your operating system and programs using the Windows Vista operating system DVD and the Driver Recovery disc (b oth purchased separately). F or additional information, r efer to the âUsing a Windows Vista operating system DVD (purch ased separa tely)â section in this guide. 3. Restart the computer, and then press f8 before the Windows operating system loads. 4. Select Repair your computer . 5. Follow the on -screen instructions . NOTE: For additional inform ation on recovering inform ation using the Windows to ols, perform a search for these topics in Help a nd Support. 124 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
Using f11 CAUTION: Using f11 completely er ases hard drive contents a nd reformats the hard drive. All files you have created and an y software installed on the co mputer are permanently remo ved. The f1 1 recovery tool reinstalls the operating system and HP programs and drivers that were installed a t the factory . Software not insta lled at the factory must be reinstalled. To recover the original hard drive image usi ng f11 , follow these steps : 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. If po ssible, check fo r the presence of th e HP Recovery partition. To find the partition, select Start > Compute r . NOTE: If the HP Recovery partition has been delete d, you mu st recover your operating system and programs using the Windows Vi sta operating system DVD and the Driver Recovery disc (both purchased sepa rately). For addi tional info rmation, refe r to the âUsing a Windows Vista operating system DVD (purchased separately)â se ction in this guide. 3. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the âPress the ESC k ey for Startup Me nuâ message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. 4. Press f11 while the âPress <F11> for recoveryâ message is disp layed on the screen. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using a Windows Vista operating system DVD (pu rchased separately) If you are unable to boot (start up) your computer , you must purchase a Windows Vista operating system DVD to reboot the computer and repair the operating system. Make sure that your most recent backup (stored on discs or on an external drive) is easily accessible. To order a W indows Vista operating system DVD, go to http://www.hp.com/ support , select your country or regio n, and follow the on-screen instructions. You can also order the DVD by calling te chni cal support. Fo r contact information, refer to the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer . CAUTION: Using a Windows Vista oper ating system DVD co mpletely erases hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files you ha ve created and an y software installe d on the compute r are permanently removed. When refo rmatting is comple te, the recovery process helps you res tore the operating system, as well as dr ivers, software, and utilities. To initiate recovery using a Windows Vist a operating system DVD, follow these steps: NOTE: This process take s several minutes. 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Restart the computer, and then insert the Win dows Vista operati ng system DVD into the op tical drive before the Windows operating system loads. 3. When prompted, press any keyboard key. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. 5. Select Next . 6. Select Repair your computer . 7. Follow the on-screen instructions. Windows Vista backup and recovery 125
Windows XP backup and recovery Use the instructions in this section if Windows XP is in stalled on your co mputer. To protect your information, use the Windows® Backup utility (select mo dels only) to back up files and folders or create recovery points. In case of system failu re, you can use the ba ckup files to restore your computer. Windows provides the following options: â Backing up individual fi les and folders â Backing up all files and fold ers â Scheduling automatic backups â Creating recovery points â Recovering information NOTE: For detailed instructions, pe rform a search for these top ics in Help and Support. NOTE: In case of system instability, HP recommends t hat you print the recovery procedures and save them for later use. Backing up your information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most current backup. You should create your initial backup im mediately after software setup. As you ad d new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably current backup. You can back up indi vidual files or folder s to an optional e xternal hard dr ive or to a network drive. Note the following when backing up: â Store personal files in the My Documents folder, and back it up perio dically. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. â Save customized setting s that appear in a wind ow, to olbar, or menu bar b y taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time saver if you have to reset your preferences. To copy the screen a nd paste it into a word-processi ng document: a. Display the screen you want to save. b. Copy the scree n image: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc . c. Open a w ord-processing document, select Edit > Paste . The screen image is added to the documen t. d. Save the document. To create a backup using the Windows Backup utility (select models only), follow these steps: 126 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: Be sure that the comp uter is connecte d to AC power befor e you start the b ackup process. NOTE: The backup process may take over an hour, d epending on file si ze and the spe ed of the computer. 1. Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > Backup. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a recovery In case of system failure or inst ability, the computer provides the fo llowing tools to recover your files: â Windows recovery tools (select models only): You c an use the Windows Backup utility to recover information you have previo usly backed up. â Operating Sys tem and Driver Re covery discs (inclu ded with your computer): You can use the discs to recover your operating system and programs installed at the factory. Recovering your information To recover informat ion you previously ba cked up, follow t hese steps: 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > Backup. The Backup or Restore Wizard opens. 3. Select Restore files and settings >Next. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE: For additional information o n initiating a recove ry in Windows, perform a search for this topic in Help and Support. Recovering the operating system and p rograms CAUTION: The recovery process refo rmats and completel y erases the hard drive. All files you have created and any software installed on the comput er are permanently removed. The recovery process reinstalls the original operating system, sof tware, and drivers. Softw are, drivers, and updates not installed by HP must be manuall y reinstalled. To recover your operati ng system and programs, follow these ste ps: 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Insert the Operating System disc into the optica l drive. 3. Shut down the computer. 4. Turn on the computer. 5. Follow the on-screen instruc tions to install the operating syst em. 6. After the operating syst em is installed, remove the Operating System disc and insert the Driver Recovery disc. 7. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the drivers an d programs. Windows XP backup and recovery 127
9 Connector pin assignments Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground 128 Chapter 9 Connector pin assign ments
Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3G r o u n d Audio-out (headphon e) 129
External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analo g 7 Ground analo g 8 Ground analo g 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock 130 Chapter 9 Connector pin assign ments
RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8U n u s e d RJ-45 (network) 131
Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground 132 Chapter 9 Connector pin assign ments
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input fe ature of the d evice permits it to operat e from any line volt age from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor power cord set include d with the device meets the requirements for use in the country or region where the equipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries and regions must mee t the require ments of the country or region where th e device is used. Requirements for all countries and regions The require ments listed b elow are applicab le to all countries and reg ions: â The length of th e power cord set must be a t least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets mu st be approved by an ac ceptable accredited agency resp onsible for evaluation in the country or region where the power cord set wi ll be used. â The power cord se ts must have a minimu m current capacity o f 10 amps and a nominal voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler mu st meet the mechanical co nfiguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standa rd Sheet C13 conne ctor for mating with the applia nce inlet on th e back of the device. Requirements for all countries and regio ns 133
Requirements for specific countries and regions Country/region Accred ited agency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-con ductor, 1.0- mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (applia nce coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 2 50 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wall plug must bea r a âTâ mark and registra tion number in accor dance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VC T or VCT F, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) config uration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75 - mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (a ppliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency resp onsible for evaluation in the countr y or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor , 0.75-mm² c onductor size. Pow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 134 Chapter 10 Power cord set requirements
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its u seful life, do not dispose of th e battery in general househ old waste. Follow the local law s and regulations in your area for computer ba ttery disposal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains m ercury. Exercise caution when removing and handling the backlight to avoid d amaging this compo nent and causing exposu re to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this cha pter can result in damage to display components. The on ly components inten ded for recycling purposes are the liquid crystal display (LCD) p anel and the backlight. When you remove these com ponents, handle them carefully. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product contains me rcury in the backlight in the display assembly that might requi re special handlin g at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be regulated b ecause of environmental considerations. Fo r disposal or recyc ling information, co ntact your loca l authorit ies, or see the Electronic In dustries Alliance (EIA) Web si te at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for the display assemb ly. The display assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight (1) a nd the liquid crysta l display (L CD) panel (2) . NOTE: The procedures provided in this chapter are gen e ral disassem bly instruc t ions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, an d component shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer model to anothe r. Battery 135
Perform the followin g steps to di sassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the le ft and right inside edges (1) and the to p and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the b ezel disengages from the display assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3 ) . 136 Chapter 11 Recycling
4. Disco nnect all display pa nel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure the display panel a ssembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the display panel assemb ly (2) from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the display panel asse mbly upside down. 8. Remove all screws t hat secure the disp lay panel frame to th e display panel. 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape (1) that secures the sides of the display panel to the display panel frame. Display 137
10. Remove the display panel frame (2) from the display panel. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to th e display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cove r (2) and swing it outward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the display panel right-side up . 138 Chapter 11 Recycling
15. Re move the backlight cables (1) from the c lip (2) in the display pa nel. 16. Turn the display panel upside do wn. WARNING ! The backli ght contains mercury. Exercise caution when removing and ha ndling the backlight to avoid damag ing this component and causing exposure to the mercury. 17. Re move the backlight frame from the display p anel. Display 139
18. Remove the backlight from the backlight frame. 19. Disconnect the display panel cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel (3) from the display rear pane l. 22. Release the tape (4) that secures the LCD panel to the d isplay rear pane l. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recy cle the LCD pane l and backlight. 140 Chapter 11 Recycling
Index A AC adapter, spare part number 28 administrator password 85 antenna remov al 82 spare part number 25, 76 antennas 15 applications key, Windows 7 audio, product description 2 audio-in (microphone) jack 12 audio-out (headpho ne) jack 12 audio-in jack pin assignments 128 audio-out jack pin assignments 129 B Backup and Restore Center 122 base enclosure, spare part number 24 battery remov al 44 spare part number 24, 44 battery bay, identifying 14 battery light 9 battery release latches 14 bay, battery 14 boot options 85 boot order 85 buttons left TouchPad 5 right TouchPad 5 C cables, service consideration s 37 caps lock light, identifying 6 changing the Setup Utility language 83 chipset, product description 1 compartments, memory module 14 components bottom 14 display 13 front 9 left-side 12 right-side 11 TouchPad 5 connectors service considerations 37 D device fe et locations 43 spare part number 43 device spe cifications 87 Diagnostics me nu 86 Digital Media Slot, id entifying 11 discs Driver Recovery 127 Operating Sys tem 127 diskette drive precaut ions 38 product de scription 2 display assembly removal 7 5 spare part number 17, 75 display bezel illustrated 25, 75 removal 7 8 spare part number 25, 75 Display Cable Kit, spare part number 25, 76 display component recycling 135 display enclosure illustrated 26, 76 spare part number 26, 76 Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 25, 76 display hinge, re moval 80 display panel illustrated 25, 76 remov al 79 spare part number 25, 76 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 26, 76 display specific ations 88, 89 display switch, identifying 13 displaying system information 84 drive light, identifying 9 Driver Recovery disc 127 drives preventing damage 38 drives, boot order 85 E earbuds 12 electrostat ic discharge 39 Ethernet, product description 3 exiting the Setup Utility 84 external media cards, product description 3 external monitor port pin assignments 130 external monitor port, identifying 11 F f11 recovery 125 fan remov al 68 spare part number 21, 68 feet locations 43 spare part number 43 flash storage dr ive, product description 2 fn key 7, 8 function keys 7, 8 Index 141
G graphics, prod uct description 1 grounding eq uipment and methods 41 H hard drive precautions 38 product description 2 spare part numbe r 21 specifications 90 hard drive recovery 125 hard driv e self test 86 headphone (audio -out) jack 12 headphone ja ck pin assignments 129 headphones 12 heat sink assembly removal 7 0 spare part numbe r 70 hinge covers illustrated 25, 75 spare part numbe r 25, 75 Home key 8 HP Mi Restore Imag e Creator identifying 110 using 111 I I/O address specifica tions 94 internal display switch, identifying 13 internal media cards, product description 3 internal mi crophone, identifying 13 interrupt specifications 93 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 12 audio-out (headph one) 12 RJ-45 (network) 11 K keyboard product description 3 removal 4 8 spare part numbe r 18, 48 keys fn 7, 8 function 7, 8 Home 8 Program Switcher 8 Windows app lications 7 Windows lo go 7 L language suppo rt 85 latches, batt ery release 14 left TouchPad button, identifying 5 lights battery 9 caps loc k 6 drive 9 power 9 webcam 13 wireless 10 M Main menu 85 mass storage device product description 2 spare part number 21 mass storage devices illustrated 54 spare part number s 54 memory map specifications 96 memory module product description 2 remov al 46 spare part number 24, 46 memory module comp artment cover remov al 46 memory module comp artment, identifying 14 memory test 86 microphone (audio-in) jack 12 microphone assembly, spare p art number 25, 76 microphone jack pin assignments 128 model name 1 modem, product description 3 monitor port pin assignments 130 N navigating in the Setup Utility 83 network jack pin assignments 131 network jack, identifying 11 O Operating System disc 127 operating system, product description 4 optical drive, product description 2 P packing guidelines 40 panels, product description 1 passwords 85 pin assignments audio-in jack 128 audio-out jack 129 external monitor port 130 headphone jack 129 microphone jack 128 monitor port 130 network jack 131 RJ-45 jack 131 Universal Serial Bus (USB) port 132 plastic parts 37 pointing device product description 3 ports product description 3 USB 11, 12 power connector, identifying 12 power cord set requirements 133 spare part numbe r 28 power light, identifying 9 power requirements, product description 4 power switch, identifying 9 power-on p assword 85 Processor C4 State 85 processor, prod uct descriptio n 1 product descrip tion audio 2 chipset 1 diskette drive 2 Ethernet 3 external media car ds 3 flash storage drive 2 142 Index
graphics 1 hard drive 2 internal media car ds 3 keyboard 3 mass storage device 2 memory module 2 modem 3 operating system 4 optical drive 2 panels 1 pointing device 3 ports 3 power requirements 4 processors 1 product name 1 security 4 serviceability 4 solid-state drive 2 wireless 3 product name 1 Program Switcher key 8 R recovery partition 125 release latches battery 14 removal/replacement preliminaries 37 procedures 42 restoring HP Mi Restore Image Creator 111 System Restore 111 restoring default settings 84 restoring the hard d rive 125 right TouchPad bu tton, identifying 5 RJ-45 (net work) jack , identifying 11 RJ-45 jack pin assignments 131 RTC batte ry remov al 53 spare part number 23, 53 Rubber Kit, spare part nu mber 28 S Screw Kit contents 97 spare part number 28 screw listing 97 security cable slot, identifying 12 Security menu 85 security, cable slot 12 security, product description 4 selecting in th e Setu p Utility 83 serial number 16, 42 service considerations 37 service tag 16, 42 serviceability, product description 4 SIM removal 4 5 solid-state drive product de scription 2 solid-state drives spare part number 21 speaker assembly illustrated 25, 76 removal 7 9 spare part number 25, 76 speakers, identifying 13 specifications device 87 display 88, 89 hard drive 90 I/O addresses 94 interrupts 93 memory map 96 solid-state drive 91 system DMA 92 static-shielding mate rials 41 switches power 9 wireless 10 system board removal 7 2 spare part number 23, 72 System Configuration men u 85 system DMA 92 system information 85 system memory map 96 System Restore identifying 110 using 111 T tools required 37 top cover remov al 57 spare part number 21, 57 TouchPad buttons 5 identifying 5 TouchPad scroll zone, identifying 5 transporting guidelines 40 U USB board remov al 64 spare part number 64 USB board, sp are pa rt number 21, 64 USB port pin assignments 132 USB ports, identifying 11, 12 V vents, identify ing 12, 14 W webcam light, identifying 13 webcam module illustrated 25, 76 remov al 81 spare part number 25, 76 webcam, identify ing 13 Windows application s key, identifying 7 Windows Backup utility 126, 127 Windows logo key, identifying 7 Windows recovery 127 Windows Vista operating system DVD 125 wireless antenna remov al 82 spare part number 25, 76 wireless ante nnas 15 wireless light, identifying 10 wireless module, prod uct description 3 wireless switch, identifying 10 WLAN antennas, identifying 15 WLAN module remov al 60 spare part number 22, 60 workstation guidelines 40 WWAN antennas, identifying 15 Index 143
WWAN module removal 6 2 spare part numbe r 62 144 Index
© Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel and Atom are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp oration. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained her ein is subje ct to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statemen ts accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional wa rranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial err ors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: October 2009 First Edition: May 2009 Document Part Number: 537033-001 Revision A
Revision history Revision Publication date Description A October 2009 â Chapter 1 â Updated to incorporate Windows 7 and the HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje â Chapter 3 â New and updated spare parts and descriptio ns â Chapter 4 â New and updated spare parts and descriptio ns â Chapter 6 â Updated to incorporate revisions to hard drive specifications and the addition of WSVGA display specifications â Chapter 8 â Updated to incorporate Windows 7 backup and recovery procedures iii
iv Revision history
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of ov erheating the device, do not place the device directly on your lap or obs truct the device air vents. Us e the device on ly on a hard, flat surface . Do not allow another hard su rface, such as an adjoinin g optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to blo ck airflow. Also, do no t allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surf ace, such as pillows or rugs or cl othing, during opera tion. The device and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessib le surface temp erature limits def ine d by the Internatio nal Standard fo r Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). v
vi Safety warning notice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 External component identific ation Top components ................ ............ ............... ............. ................ ........... ................ ............. ........ ........... 5 TouchP ad ...... ............. ............... ............... ............. ............ ............. .............. ............... ... ..... 5 Light ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ........ .......... .... ............ 6 Keys ......... ......... ............ .......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ....... ........... 7 Front component s .... .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. .............. ............. ............ . ..... ............. 9 Right-side components ................ ............ ............... ............ ............... ............... .............. ...... .............. 11 Left-side components ........... ........ .......... ........... .. ...... .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... . ............. .. 12 Display components ........... ........ ........... ........ .......... ......... .......... ........... ........ ........... ........ ... .............. . 13 Bottom c omponents ....... ............. .............. ............. .............. .............. ............. .............. ....... ........... ... 14 Wireless antennas .............. .......... ............. .......... ............ ........... ............ .......... ............ ..... ............ ..... 15 3 Illustrated parts cata log Servic e tag ........... ............ ............. ............. ........... .............. ............ ............ ........... ...... ........... ........... 16 Device major components ............. .. ....... .......... .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ ................ 17 Display assembly components .......... .......... ............ ............ ......... ............. ........ ............ ............ . ........ 25 Mass storage devices ............. ............ ............... ............ ................. ........... ............... ........... ........... .... 27 Miscellaneous parts ...................... ............. ............... ............ ............... ............ ................ .. ................. 28 Sequential part number listing .............. .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ...... ............ 29 4 Remova l and replacement pr ocedures Preliminary replacement requiremen ts ............ ............ ............... ............ ............... ............. ........... ..... 37 Tools required .................. ......... ............ .......... ........... .......... ........... ......... ............ .......... .... 37 Service considerations ............ ........... ............... ........... ............... ........... ........... ............... .. 37 Plastic parts ............. .......... .............. .......... ........... ............. ........... .............. ....... 37 Cables and connect ors ........ ............................. .................................. .............. 37 Drive hand ling ........ ............. ................ .............. ............... .............. .............. ..... 38 Grounding guidelines ................ ......... ........... ............ ......... ............ ........ ............ ............ .... 39 Electr ostati c disch arge dama ge ... .............. ............... .............. .............. ............ 39 Packaging and tr ansporting gu idelines ... ... .......... ........ .......... ........... 40 Works tation guideline s ..................................................................... 40 vii
Equipment g uidelines ................... ............................. ....................... 4 1 Component replace ment proc edures .......... .......... ........... ............ .......... ............. .......... ............. ..... ... 42 Service tag ................ .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ............ ......... ........... .......... .... .... .. 42 Device feet ......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ........ ............ .......... ............ ......... .. .... .. 43 Battery .............. ............. .............. ........... .............. .............. ............. .............. ............ .. ...... 44 SIM ......... .............. .............. ............. .......... ............. .............. .............. ............. ......... ......... 45 Memory module ...... ........... ......... ........... .......... ............ ........... .......... .......... ........... .......... .. 46 Keyboard . ............... .............. .............. .............. ........... ............... .............. .............. ...... ..... 48 RTC batter y .... .............. ............... .............. ................ .............. ............... .............. ......... .... 53 Mass sto rage devi ces .... .......... ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... .......... ............ .... 5 4 Hard drive ............... ............ ............. ........... ............. ........... ............. ........... ....... 55 Solid-s tate driv e ........... ...................... ...................... ...................... ................... 55 Top cover ................ ........ ............ ........... ......... ........... .......... ............ .......... ............ ...... ...... 5 7 WLAN module .......... ................ ........... .............. ............ .............. ........... ............... ............ . 60 WWAN mod ule ...... ............ ............ ............. ............ ............. ............ ............ ............. ......... 62 USB/audio board .......... ................ ................ ............... ................ ................ ................ ...... 64 Power/b attery pass-t hrough boar d .... ........................ .......................... ........................ ...... 66 Fan ............. ........... ............... ............ ............ ............... ........... .............. ............ ........ .......... 68 Heat sink assembly ................ .............. ........... ............ ............... .......... ............... ............ ... 70 System board ............... ............ ............... ........... ........... ............... ........... ................ ........ ... 72 Display assembly .............. ......... ............ ........ ............ ......... ............ .......... .......... .......... .... . 75 5 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ . .............. ... 83 Using the Setup Utility ... ............... ............... ........................ .............................................. ..... .......... .. 83 Changing t he language of the S etup Util ity .................... ................................................... 8 3 Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility ................ .............. .......... .............. ........... ..... 83 Displaying system information ....... ......... ....... ......... ....... ......... ....... ........ ......... ........ ......... .. 84 Restorin g defau lt setti ngs in th e Setup Uti lity ....... ...................... .......................... ............. 8 4 Exiting the Setup Utility . ............ ......... ............ ......... ........... ......... ............ .......... .......... ...... . 84 Setup Utility menus ........ .............. ............. .......................................... .......... .......... .......... ....... .......... 8 5 Main menu ............ ....... ........... ........ .......... ........ .......... ....... .......... ......... .......... ......... ...... .... 85 Security menu ............... ......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ........... ......... ............ ......... ..... ... 85 System Configurat ion menu .. ...................... ................... .................... ......................... ...... 85 Diagnos tics menu ......... .............. ............ ............. ............ ............. ............ ........... ............ .. 86 6 Specification s Device specifications ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... .............. ......... ......... .......... ...... ........... 87 10.1-inch, AntiGlare display specifications .... ........... ......... ............ ......... ............ ......... ............ ..... ...... 8 8 10.1- inch, WS VGA, A ntiGlar e displa y spec ification s ............... ................................. ......................... 89 Hard driv e specific ations ... ........... .............. ............ ........... ............ .............. ........... ............ . ...... ......... 9 0 Solid-st ate drive specificat ions . ............ ............ ......... ............ ........... ............ .......... ............ ... ............. 91 System DMA specifications ..... ......... ............ .......... .......... ............ ......... ............ .......... ............ .. ......... 92 viii
System interrupt specifications ................... ............ ............... ............... .............. ............... ..... ............ 93 System I/O add ress s pecifica tions .. ............. ............ .............. .............. ............. ............ ............. ..... ... 94 System memory map specifications ........ .......... ............ ........... .......... ........... ......... ............ ........... ..... 96 7 Screw listing Phillips PM1.5Ã1.0 screw ......... ....................................... ............ ................................. ......... ........... .. 97 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw ......... ....................................... ............ ................................. ......... ........... .. 99 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 captive screw ................... ............. ............................ ............ ...................... ....... 101 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 102 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 103 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 104 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 106 Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captiv e screw ....................... .............. .......................................... .............. ...... 107 Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw ........... ................ ................................. .................. ............. ........... ..... ...... 108 8 Backup and recovery Mobile Mi ba ckup and recover y ...... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... ............ .......... ... ....... 110 Backi ng up your inf ormati on ..... ................ ................. .............. ............... ............... .......... 110 When to back up ........... ................ ............... ................ ................ ................ ... 110 Restor ing your infor mation ..... .......... ............. ............ ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... 110 Using Sys tem Restor e ............................. .............................. ......................... 111 Using HP Mi Restore Image Creator ...... .................. ............... ....................... . 111 Restoring using a Win dows comp uter ................. ........... ............ .... 111 Restoring using a Lin ux compu ter ...................... .................. .......... 112 Window s 7 back up and re cover y .......... ................ .................. ................ ................ ................. .... ... . 114 Backi ng up and rec overin g using Roxi o BackOn Track .................. ........................ .......... 114 Creati ng a copy o f the ha rd drive . ................................................................... 114 Perfor ming a recover y ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. 115 Using th e Disaste r Recov ery utili ty ................................................................. 115 Dow nlo ad ing and ex tra ct ing the Dis as ter Rec ov ery uti li ty .............. 115 Restor ing your h ard drive ima ge ............................ .................... .... 116 Using the Instant Re store utilit y ....................................... ............................... 116 Using the Instant Restore utilit y when the operating system is function ing ................ .................... .................. ................... ............. 116 Using the Instant Restore utility when the operating system is not function ing ................ .................... .................. ................... ............. 117 Using W indows B ackup and Re store . .............................. ..................................... .......... 117 Using system resto re points ............. ...................... ................. .................. ...... 117 When to create restor e points .......... ....................................................... ........ 117 Creati ng a syst em restor e point ........ ........................ .............................. ........ 117 Restoring to a prev ious dat e and ti me .................................................... ........ 118 Backing up and recovering usi ng HP Reco very Manag er ............................................... 118 Backin g up your informatio n ........... ............. ................ .............. .............. ........ 118 ix
Creating a set of recovery discs .... .......................... .................... .................... 119 Perfor ming a r ecovery .......... ................. .................. .................. ............. .................. ....... 12 0 Recovering usi ng the reco very discs ...................... .... .... .... ...... .... .................. 120 Recoveri ng using th e partition on the hard dr ive (select mo dels only) ............ 120 Windows Vista ba ckup an d recover y .......... .................. .................. .................. .................. ........... .. 122 Backing up your in format ion ........ .............. ................ ............. ................ .............. ........... 1 22 Perfor ming a r ecovery .......... ................. .................. .................. ............. .................. ....... 12 3 Using t he Windows recover y tools . .................. ................. ................. ............. 124 Using f 11 ......... ........... .......... ............ ............ .......... ......... ........... ............ ......... 125 Using a Windows Vista operatin g system DVD (pu rchased sepa rately) ... ... .. 125 Windows XP backup and recovery ................ ............... ............ ............... ............ ............... .............. 126 Backing up your in format ion ........ .............. ................ ............. ................ .............. ........... 1 26 Perfor ming a r ecovery .......... ................. .................. .................. ............. .................. ....... 12 7 Recove ring your i nformat ion ........... ...................... ...................... .................... 127 Recove ring the op erating sy stem and pro grams .......................... ............. ..... 127 9 Connector pin ass ignments Audio-in (microphone) ................ ........ .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ....... ........... .......... ..... ....... ...... 128 Audio-out (headphone) ........................ ............. ............... ................ ........... ................. ......... ........... . 129 Exter nal monit or . ............ ........... .......... ........... ............ ........... .......... ............ ......... ........... .. .......... ..... 130 RJ-45 (network) ............ ............ .......... ............. .......... ............ ........... ........... ........... ................. ......... 131 Universal Serial Bus ........... ......... .......... ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... .......... ........ ......... ...... ......... 132 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries and region s .................. ........... ......... ........... ......... .......... ........... ..... .. 133 Requirem ents for s pecific countries an d regions ......................... .......................... .......................... 1 34 11 Recyclin g Battery ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ........... ......... .......... ......... ........... ........ ......... .................. .......... 135 Display ............... ............ ............... ............ ................. ........... ............... ............ .......... ............... ........ 135 Index .... ........... ........ ........... ............ ........... .......... ............ ........... .......... ........... .......... .... ........... .......... .......... ..... 141 x
1 Product description Category Description HP Mini 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 Product name HP Mini 1101 â HP Mini 110 â HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje â Compaq Mini 110 â Processor Intel® Atom⢠N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) â â â â Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) â â â â Chipset Northbridge: 945GSE; 533-MHz bus speed â â â â Southbridge: ICH7M â â â â Graphics Intel® Graphics Media Accelerato r 950 â â â â Universal Memory Architecture (UMA) graphics subsystem â â â Panels All display assemblies include 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 wireless local-area network (WLAN) antenna transceivers/cables; wireless wide-area network (WWAN) is optional for HP Mini 110 and Compaq Mini 110 models â â â â Wide aspect 16:9 ratio panels â â â â 10.1-inch high-definition AntiGlare (1366 à 768) LED â â â â 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare (1024 à 576) LED ââ â 1
Category Description HP Min i 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 10.1-inch WSVGA (1024 à 600) LED â â â â Memory One customer-accessible/ upgradable memory module slot â â â â Supports up to 2 GB of system memory â â â â PC2-4200, 533-MHz, DDR2 â â â â Supports the following configurations: â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 à 1) â â â â â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 à 1) â â â â Mass storage devices Solid-state drive (SSD) ba sed on multi-level cell (MLC) technology â â â â 32-GB â â â â Hard driv e Supports all 9.5-mm, 6.35-cm (2.50-inch) parallel SATA hard drives (optional) â â â â 320-GB, 5400-RPM NOTE: Not supported by computers with Windows® XP Home SP3, ultra low-cost personal computer (ULCPC) edition installed. â â â 250-GB, 5400-RPM NOTE: Not supported by computers with Windows XP Home SP3, ultra low-cost personal computer (ULCPC) edition installed. â â â â 160-GB, 7200-RPM â â â 160-GB, 5400-RPM â â â â Optical drive Supports external USB optica l drives only â â â â Diskette drive Supports external USB diskette drives only â â â â Audio/Visual high-definition (HD) audio â â â â Integrated speakers (2) â â â â Fixed integrated micro phone â â â â Fixed integrated VGA webcam, 640 à 480 resolution, up to 30 frames per second ââ â â 2 Chapter 1 Product description
Category Description HP Mini 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 Modem Supports external USB modems only â â â â Ethernet Integrated 10/100 network interface card (NIC) â â â â Wireless 2 WLAN antennas built into display asse mbly â â â â Integrated WLAN by way of 802.11b/g/n and 802.11b/g WLAN modules â â â â Integrated WWAN by way of HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (optional) NOTE: Not available in HP Mini 110 models with Mobile Mi installed. â â â â External media cards Digital Media Slot (consumer models) or Media Card Reader (commercial models) with push- push technology supporting: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital (SDHC) Memory Card â xD-Picture Ca rd (XD) â â â â Internal media cards Two Mini Card slots: â Full-size Mini Card slot â Half-size Mini Card sl ot â â â â Ports Audio-in/out (microphone/stereo headphone) â â â â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) â â â â USB (3) â â â â 3-pin A C power â â â â Keyboard/ pointing device 92% keyboard â â â â TouchPad, with 2 TouchPad buttons and 2-way scrolling (taps enabled by default) ââ â â 3
Category Description HP Min i 1101 HP Mini 110 HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje Compaq Mini 110 Power requirements 30-W UMA AC adapter (non- Smart) with localized cable plug support â â â â AC adapter connector on cable â â â â 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 55-Wh), 6-hour target life â â â â 3-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 28-Wh), 3-hour target life â â â â Security Supports HP Kensington Security Lock â â â â Operating system Preinstalled: Windows 7 Basic 32 â â â Windows 7 Starter 32 â â â Windows XP Home SP3, ultra low-cost personal computer (ULCPC) ed ition â â â â Windows Vista® Business 32 (with XP Pro image) â HP Mobile Mi â Serviceability End-user replaceable parts: AC adapter â â â â Battery (s ystem) â â â â Hard drive â â â â Keyboard â â â â Memory module â â â â Solid-state drive ââ â â 4 Chapter 1 Product description
2 External component identification Components included with th e device may vary by region and mode l. The illustrations in this chapter identify the stan dard features on most device models. Top components TouchPad Component Description (1) Left TouchPad button Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (2) TouchPad Moves the pointer and selects or activate s items on the screen. (3) TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls u p or down . (4) Right TouchPad button Functions like the right button on an externa l mouse. Top components 5
Light Compone nt Description Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 6 Chapter 2 External compone nt identification
Keys NOTE: Refer to the illustration that most clo sely matches your computer. Component Description (1) Function keys Execute frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key . (2) fn key Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with a function key. (3) Windows® logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Windows applications key Dis plays a shortcut menu for items beneath the point er. Top components 7
Component Description (1) Function keys Execute frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used syst em functions when pressed in combination with a function key. (3) Home key Returns to the Home Screen. (4) Program Switcher key Displays the Start New Program button fr om anywhere on the device. 8 Chapter 2 External compone nt identification
Front components Component Description (1) Power light â On: The device is on. â Blinking: The device is in the Sleep state (Windows Vista) or St andby (Windows XP or Mobile Mi). â Off: The device is off or in Hibernation. (2) Power switch â When the device is off, slide the switch to turn on the device. â When the device is on, briefly slide the switch to initiate Hibernation . â When the device is in the Sleep state (Windows Vista) or Standby (Windows XP or Mobile Mi), briefly slide the switch to exit the Sleep state (Windows Vista) or St andby (Windows XP or Mobile Mi). â When the device is in Hibernation, briefly slide the switch to exit Hibernation . If the device has stopped responding and oper ating system shutdown procedures are ineffective, slide and hold the power switch for at least 5 seconds to turn off the device. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard drive or flash dr ive is being accessed. (4) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the available only power source has reach ed a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begi ns blinking rapidly. â Off: If the device is plugged into an external power source, the light turns off when all batteries in the device are fully charged. If the device is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. Front componen ts 9
Component Description (5) Wireless light â Blue: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (W LAN) device, is on. â Amber: All wireless devices are off. (6) Wireless switch Turns the wireless feature on or off, but does not establish a wire less connection. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up in order to establish a wireless connection. 10 Chapter 2 External comp onent identification
Right-side components Component Description (1) USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. (2) Digital Media Slot (consumer models) or Media Card Reader (commercial models) Supports the following optional digital car d formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Ca rd (3) External monitor port Connects an optional external display, such as a monitor or projector, to the device. (4) RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable. Right-side components 11
Left-side components Component Description (1) Security cable slot Attaches an optional securi ty cable to the device. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the device from being mishandled or stolen. (2) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. (3) AC adapter light Indicates AC power connection. (4) Vent Enables airflow to cool in ternal components. NOTE: The device fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the intern al fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (5) USB port Connects an optional USB device. (6) Audio-out (headphone) jack/Audio-in (micr ophone) jack Produces sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbud s, a headset, or television audio. Also c onnects an optional h eadset microphone. WARNING! To reduce the r isk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Re gulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. NOTE: When an audio component is connected to the jack, the device s peakers are disa bled. The audio component cable must have a 4-conductor connector. 12 Chapter 2 External comp onent identification
Display components Component Description (1) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (2) Internal display switch Turns off the display if the display is closed while the power is on. NOTE: The display switch is not visible from the outside of the de vice. (3) Webcam Captures still photographs and videos. NOTE: To capture videos, you need to install additio nal webcam software. (4) Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. (5) Internal microphone Records sound. Display components 13
Bottom compon ents Component Description (1) Battery bay Holds the battery. (2) Battery release latches (2) Release the battery from the battery bay. (3) Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The device fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off durin g routine operation. (4) Memory module compartment Contains the memory module slot. 14 Chapter 2 External comp onent identification
Wireless antennas Component Descript ion (1) WWAN antennas (2) (select models only)* Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless wide-area networks (WWANs). NOTE: This option is not available on computers with Mobile Mi installed. (2) WLAN antennas (2)* Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLANs). *The antennas are not visible from the outside of the device. For optimal tr ansmission, keep t he areas immediately around th e antennas free from obstructions. To see wireless regula tory notices, refer to the section of the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices that applies to your cou ntry or region. Wireless antennas 15
3 Illustrated parts catalog Service tag When ordering parts or requesting information , provide th e computer serial number a nd model description provided on the service tag: (1) Product name: This is the product na me a ffixed to the front of the device. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an alphanume ri c identifier that is un ique to each produ ct. (3) Part number/Product n umber (p/n): This nu mber provides specific information about the p roduct's hardware components. The part number helps a service techni cian to determine what components and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the alphanumeric i dentifier used to locate documents, drivers, and sup port for the device. (5) Warranty period: This numb er describes the du ration of the warranty period for the device. 16 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Device major components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display assembly (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables; WWAN on select models only) See Display a ssembly components on page 25 for a comprehensive list of display assembly spare parts. For use with black HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) 572407-001 â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 572406-001 Device major components 17
Item Description Spare part number â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537646-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579604-001 For use with pink HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 572413-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571416-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579608-001 For use with white HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 572411-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571415-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579606-001 For use with blue HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 591647-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 591648-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by St udio Tord Boontje models only â 10.1-inch, high-definiti on, AntiGlare display as sembly (i ncludes WW AN) 579612-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 579610-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579614-001 For use with Compaq models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display a ssembly 572414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571417-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537643-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579626-001 (2) Keyboard For use only on black and blue models wi th Windows oper ating system installed â For use only in Brazil 535689-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 535689-221 â For use only in Europe 535689-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 535689-DH1 â For use only in France 535689-051 â For use only in French Canada 535689-121 â For use only in Germany 535689-041 â For use only in Greece 535689-151 â For use only in Hungary 535689-211 18 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Item Description Spare part number â For use with international models 535689-B31 â For use only in Israel 535689-BB1 â For use only in Italy 535689-061 â For use only in Japan 535689-291 â For use only in Latin America 535689-161 â For use only in Portugal 535689-131 â For use only in Russia 535689-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 535689-171 â For use only in South Korea 535689-AD1 â For use only in Spain 535689-071 â For use only in Switzerland 535689-111 â For use only in Taiwan 535689-AB1 â For us e only in T hailand 535689-281 â For use only in Turkey 535689-141 â For use only in the United Kin gdom 535689-031 â For use only in the United States 535689-001 For use only on models with Mobile Mi installed â For use only in Brazil 535690-201 â For use only in French Canada 535690-121 â For use only in Japan 535690-291 â For use only in Latin America 535690-161 â For use only in South Korea 535690-AD1 â For use only in Taiwan 535690-AB1 â For us e only in T hailand 535690-281 â For use only in the United States 535690-001 For use on pink models only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, a nd Slovenia 537954-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537954-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537954-221 â For use only in Europe 537954-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537954-DH1 â For use only in France 537954-051 â For use only in French Canada 537954-121 â For use only in Germany 537954-041 Device major components 19
Item Description Spare part number â For use only in Greece 537954-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537954-211 â For use with international models 537954-B31 â For use only in Israel 537954-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537954-061 â For use only in Japan 537954-291 â For use only in Latin America 537954-161 â For use only in Portugal 537954-131 â For use only in Russia 537954-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537954-171 â For use only in South Korea 537954-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537954-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537954-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537954-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 537954-281 â For use only in Turkey 537954-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 537954-031 â For use in the United States only 537954-001 For use with white HP models only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slove nia 537953-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537953-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537953-221 â For use only in Europe 537953-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537953-DH1 â For use only in France 537953-051 â For use only in French Canada 537953-121 â For use only in Germany 537953-041 â For use only in Greece 537953-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537953-211 â For use with international models 537953-B31 â For use only in Israel 537953-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537953-061 â For use only in Japan 537953-291 â For use only in Latin America 537953-161 20 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Item Description Spare part number â For use only in Portugal 537953-131 â For use only in Russia 537953-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537953-171 â For use only in South Korea 537953-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537953-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537953-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537953-AB1 â For us e only in T hailand 537953-281 â For use only in Turkey 537953-141 â For use only in the United Kin gdom 537953-031 For use only with white HP and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models in the United Stat es 537953-001 (3) Top cover (includes TouchPad) â For use with black and blue models only 537622-001 â For use with pink HP models only 537625-001 â For use with white HP models only 537624-001 â For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models on ly 579615-001 Mass storage devices NOTE: Each hard drive spare part kit and solid-state dr ive spare pa rt kit includes a bracket an d screws. (4a) Hard drive (select models only) See Mass storage devices on page 27 for a comprehensive list of hard drive spare parts. (4b) Solid- state drive See Mass storage devices on page 27 for a comprehensive list of so lidâstate drive spare par ts. (5) Heat sink assembly (include s replacement thermal material) 537619-001 (6) Fan 537613-001 (7) USB/audio board (includes cable) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 537614-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1100 â 110-1199 and C ompaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 581325-001 (8) Power/battery pass-t hrough board For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 537615-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1100 â 110-1199 and C ompaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 581326-001 Plastics/actuator Kit 537612-001 Device major components 21
Item Description Spare part number (9a) Power switch and wire less switch actuators (9b) Memory module compa rtment cover (9c) Bezel for Digital Media Slot (consumer mode ls) or Media Card Reader (commercia l models) Wireless modules (10) WLAN module WLAN/Bluetooth combination module 575920-001 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN module â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518436-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan , Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Island s, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde , the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Domini can Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghan a, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Ha iti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland , Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania , Luxe mbourg, Macedonia, Ma dagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Mald ives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Ma uritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozam bique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles , the N etherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragu a, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia , Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Se negal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sier ra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiw an, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uru guay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518436-002 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-003 22 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Item Description Spare part number â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra , Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Vir gin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Ver de, the Central African Re public, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiop ia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ire land, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Leban on, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Lux embourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Mala wi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, th e Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, M ongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherla nds, New Zealand, Nicara gua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru , the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Gre nadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukra ine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, U zbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 (11) WWAN module NOTE: Not available for computers with Mobile Mi installed. HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (select models only) 483377-002 HP un2400 Mobile Bro adband Module for use only with Verizon Wirele ss (select models only) 483377-003 WWAN module for use only in the People's Repu blic of China 57188 8-001 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use on ly in the People's R epublic of China 574246-001 WWAN minicard module 531993-001 WWAN module for use only with Telefonica 592625-161 WWAN module for use only with Am Movil 592624-161 WWAN module for use only with AT&T 591612-001 (12) RTC batt ery 537616-001 (13) System board (includes processor and r eplacement the rmal material) Includes Intel Atom N2 80 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Le vel 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 571370-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 5 33-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110 -1000 â 110-1099 and C ompaq: 110c-1000 â 110-1099 537662-001 Device major components 23
Item Description Spare part number Includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MH z front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 1 10-1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 579569-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz p rocessor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz fro nt-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 1 10-1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-1199 579568-001 (14) Memory module (PC2-5300 , 533-MHz, DDR2) 512-MB (for use in HP Mini 110 and Compaq Mini 110 models only) 537663-001 1024-MB 537664-001 2048-MB 537665-001 (15) Base enclosure (inclu des 4 rubber feet) For use with black and blue models o nly 537611-001 For use with pink, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 591650-001 (16) Battery 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 55-Wh ) 537627-001 3-cell lithium-polym er (Li-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 28-Wh ) 537626-001 24 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Display assembly components Item Description Spare part number (1) Hinge covers 537617-001 (2) Display bezel For use with HP Mini 1101 and HP Mini 110 only 537650-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 581324-001 For use with Compaq Mini 110 only 537644-001 (3) Displa y Hinge Kit (Includes left and right display panel hinges) 537658-001 (4) Speaker assembly (includes left and right cables) 537621-001 (5) Display panel 10.1-inch high-definition AntiGlare 572405-001 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare 537656-001 10.1-inch WSVGA AntiGlare 579570-001 (6) Webcam module 537660-001 Display Cable Kit (not illustrated, inclu des display/webcam cable and WLAN antennas) (7a) Display panel cable Display assembly components 25
Item Description Spare part num ber (7b) WLAN antennas â For use with high-definition and standard-definition display pane ls only 537657-001 â For use with WSVGA display panels only 579571-001 (8) Microphone assembly 581323-001 (9) WWAN antennas (not available on computers with Mobile Mi installed.) 537655-001 (10) Display enclosure ( includes logo) For use with black HP models only 537651-001 For use with pink HP models only 537654-001 For use with white HP models only 537653-001 For use with blue HP models only 591649-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 579576-00 1 For use with Compaq models only 537645-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 538510-001 26 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Mass storage devices NOTE: Each hard drive spare part kit and solid-state drive spare part kit in cludes a cable and bracket. Item Description Spare part number (1) Hard drive (select models only) 320-GB, 5400-RPM 591398-001 250-GB, 5400-RPM 537635-001 160-GB, 7200-RPM 590669-001 160-GB, 5400-RPM 537634-001 Hard Drive Hard ware Kit (not ill ustrated) 537641-001 (2) Solid-state drive 64-GB 537640-001 32-GB 537639-001 16-GB 537638-001 8-GB 537637-001 Solidâstate Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated) 537642-001 Mass storage devices 27
Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number 30-W UMA AC adapter 496813-001 Bluetooth® ada pter 574670-001 High-definition video decoder 578237-001 Power cords For use in Argentin a 490371-D01 For use in Australia 490371-011 For use in Brazil 490371-201 For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in Europe 490371-021 For use in India 490371-D61 For use in Israel 490371-BB1 For use in Italy 490371-061 For use in Japan 490371-291 For use in North America 490371-001 For use in the People's Republic o f China 490371-AA1 For use in Singapore and the U nited Kingdom 490371-031 For use in South Africa 490371-AR1 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Switzerland 490371-111 For use in Taiwan 490371-AB1 Rubber Kit (contain s 4 device feet) For use with black and blue models only 537618-001 For use with pink, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 537618-002 Screw Kit 537620-001 28 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 483377-002 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (selec t mo dels only) 483377-003 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use with Verizon Wir eless onl y (select models only) 490371-001 Power cord for use in N orth America 490371-011 Power cord for use in Australia 490371-021 Power cord for use in Europe 490371-031 Power cord for use in Singapore and the United Kingd om 490371-061 Power cord for use in Italy 490371-081 Power cord for use in Denmark 490371-111 Power cord for use in Switzerland 490371-201 Power cord for use in Brazil 490371-291 Power cord for use in Japan 490371-AA1 Power cord for use in the People's R epublic of China 490371-AB1 Power cord for use in Taiwan 490371-AD1 Power cord for use in South Korea 490371-AR1 Power cord for use in South Africa 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Is rael 490371-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina 490371-D61 Power cord for use in India 496813-001 30-W UMA AC adapter 504593-003 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module for use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puer to Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-004 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorr a, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Au stria, Azerbaijan, the B ahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda , Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burk ina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa R ica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Repu blic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, Fran ce, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadel oupe, Guatemala, Guine a, Guinea-Bissau, Guya na, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Irel and, Isr ael, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liech tenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the M aldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antill es, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Nige r, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua N ew Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Re public of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Re public of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Ar abia, S enegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sier ra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Island s, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerlan d, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Ur uguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vie tnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe Sequential part numb er listing 29
Spare part number Description 518436-001 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN module for use in C anada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518436-002 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN modu le for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Au stria, Azerbaijan, the Ba hamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh , Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and H erzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulga ria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the Pe ople's Repu blic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djib outi, Dominica, the Dominican R epublic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finla nd, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gre ece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Keny a, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Mala wi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Microne sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Ne therlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pa kistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Ru ssia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia , Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Kor ea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Su riname, Swaziland, Swed en, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, To nga, Trinidad and Tobago , Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezue la, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabw e 531993-001 WWAN minicard module 535689-001 Keyboard for use only in the United States on black and blue models with Wind ows operating system installed 535689-031 Keyboard for use only in the United Kingdom on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-041 Keyboard for use only in Germany on black and blue models with Windows ope rating system installed 535689-051 Keyboard for use only in France on black and blue models with Window s operating system installed 535689-061 Keyboard for use only in Italy on black and blue mo dels with Windows op erating system installed 535689-071 Keyboard for use only in Spain on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-121 Keyboard for use only in French Canada on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-131 Keyboard for use only in Portugal on black and bl ue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-141 Keyboard for use only in Turkey on black and blue mo dels with Win dows operating system installed 535689â151 Keyboard for use only in Greece on black and blue models with Windows ope rating system installed 535689-161 Keyboard for use only in Latin America on black and blue models with Windows operating system in stalled 535689-171 Keyboard for use only in Saudi Arabia on black and blue models with Window s operating system installed 535689-201 Keyboard for use only in Brazil on black and blue models with Windows opera ting system installed 535689-211 Keyboard for use only in Hungary on black and blue models with Wind ows operating system installed 535689-221 Keyboard for use only in the Czech Republic on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-251 Keyboard for use only in Russia on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed 535689-281 Keyboard for use only in Thailand on black and blue models with Win dows operating system installed 535689-291 Keyboard for use only in Japan on black and blue models with Windows oper ating system installed 30 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Spare part number Description 535689-A41 Keyboard for use only in Europe on black and blue mo dels w ith Windows operating system installed 535689-AB1 Keyboard for use only in Taiwan on black and blue mo dels w ith Windows operating system installed 535689-AD1 Keyboard for use only in South Korea on black and blue models with Window s operating system installed 535689-B31 Keyboard for use only with inter national mod els on black and blue mo dels with Windows o perating system installed 535689-BB1 Keyboard for use only in Israel on black and blue mod els with Windows operating system installed 535689-DH1 Keyboard for use only in Finland, Norway and Sweden on black and blue models wi th Windows operating system installed 535690-001 Keyboard for use only in the United States on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-121 Keyboard for use only in French Canada on models w ith Mobile Mi installed 535690-161 Keyboard for use only in Latin America on models w ith Mobile Mi installed 535690-201 Keyboard for use only in Brazil on m odels with Mobile Mi installed 535690-281 Keyboard for use only in Thailand on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-291 Keyboard for use only in Japan on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-AB1 Keyboard for use only in Taiwan on models with Mobile Mi installed 535690-AD1 Keyboard for use only in South Korea on models with Mobile Mi installed 537611-001 Base enclosure for use on black and blue models only (includes 4 rubber feet) 537612-001 Plastics/actuator Kit (includes power switch and wire less sw itch actuators, memory module compartment cover, and bezel for Digital Media Slot (consumer models) or Media Card R eader (commercial models)) 537613-001 Fan 537614-001 USB/audio board (includes cable) for use on the follo wing model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110- 1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 110-10 99 537615-001 Power/battery pass-through bo ard for use on the fo llowin g model numbers only: HP: 110-100 0 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 110-10 99 537616-001 RTC battery 537617-001 Display assembly hinge covers 537618-001 Rubber Kit for use with black and blue models only (contains 4 device feet) 537618-002 Rubber Kit for use with pink, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje mod els only (contains 4 device feet) 537619-001 Heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 537620-001 Screw Kit 537621-001 Speaker assembly (includes left and right cables) 537622-001 Top cover for use on black and blue models only (includes TouchPad) 537624-001 Top cover for use on white H P models only (includes TouchPad) 537625-001 Top cover for use on pink HP m odels o nly (includes TouchPad) 537626-001 3-cell lithium-polymer (L i-Pol) battery (2.55-Ah, 28- Wh) Sequential part numb er listing 31
Spare part number Description 537627-001 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery (2.55- Ah, 55-Wh) 537634-001 160-GB hard drive, 5400-RPM 537635-001 250-GB hard drive, 5400-RPM 537637-001 8-GB solid-state drive 537638-001 16-GB solid-state drive 537639-001 32-GB solid-state drive 537640-001 64-GB solid-state drive 537641-001 Hard Dr ive Hardwa re Kit 537642-001 Solid-state Drive Hardware Kit 537643-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display a ssembly for use with Compaq models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 537644-001 Display bezel for use with Compaq mo dels only 537645-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with Compaq mode ls only 537646-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly for use with black HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 537650-001 Display bezel for use with HP Mini 1101 and HP Mini 110 o nly 537651-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with black HP models only 537653-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with white H P models only 537654-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) fo r use with pink HP models o nly 537655-001 WWAN antennas (not available on computers with Mobile Mi installed) 537656-001 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare display panel 537657-001 Display Cable Kit for use with high-definition and st andard-definition display panel s on ly (includes display panel/webcam cable and WLAN antennas) 537658-001 Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display panel hinges) 537660-001 Webcam module 537662-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz proc essor, 5 12-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side b us (FSB), and thermal replacement material for use on the following model numbers on ly: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 1 10-1099) 537663-001 512-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DDR2, fo r use in HP Mini 110 and Compaq: Mini 110 models only) 537664-001 1024-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DD R2) 537665-001 2048-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DD R2) 537953-001 Keyboard for use with white HP and HP Mini 110 by St udio Tord Boontje mod els only in the United States 537953-031 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in the United Kingdom 537953-041 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Germany 537953-051 Keyboard for use with wh ite HP models only in France 32 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Spare part number Description 537953-061 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Italy 537953-071 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Spain 537953-121 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in French Canada 537953-131 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Portugal 537953-141 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Turkey 537953-161 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Latin America 537953-171 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Saudi Arabia 537953-201 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Brazil 537953-211 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Hungary 537953-221 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in the C zech Republic 537953-251 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Russia 537953-281 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Thailand 537953-291 Keyboard for use with wh ite HP models only in Japan 537953-A41 Keyboard for use with whit e HP mo dels only in Europe 537953-AB1 Keyboard for use with whit e HP mo dels only in Taiwa n 537953-AD1 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in South Korea 537953-B31 Keyboard for use with white HP models with international models 537953-BA1 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slovenia 537953-BB1 Keyboard for use with whit e HP mo dels only in Israel 537953-BG1 Keyboard for use with white HP models only in Switzerland 537953-DH1 Keyboard for use with white HP mo dels only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537953-DJ1 Keyboard for use with whit e HP models only in Greece 537954-001 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in the United States 537954-031 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in the United Kingdom 537954-041 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Germany 537954-051 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in France 537954-061 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Italy 537954-071 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Spain 537954-121 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in French Canada 537954-131 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Portugal 537954-141 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Turkey 537954-161 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Latin America 537954-171 Keyboard for use with pi nk HP models only in Saudi Arabia Sequential part numb er listing 33
Spare part number Description 537954-201 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Brazil 537954-211 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Hu ngary 537954-221 Keyboard for use with pink HP m odels only in the Czech Rep ublic 537954-251 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Ru ssia 537954-281 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Thailand 537954-291 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Japan 537954-A41 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Europe 537954-AB1 Keyboard for use with pink HP m odels only in Taiwan 537954-AD1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in South Korea 537954-B31 Keyboard for use with pink HP models with international models 537954-BA1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Bosnia, Croatia, Monte negro, Serbia, and Slovenia 537954-BB1 Keyboard for use with pink HP m odels only in Israel 537954-BG1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Switzerland 537954-DH1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Finland, Nor way, and Sweden 537954-DJ1 Keyboard for use with pink HP models only in Greece 538510-001 Display Screw Kit 571370-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz proc essor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB), and replacement thermal material) for use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-1000 â 1 10-1099 571414-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display asse mbly (includes WWAN) for use with black HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 mi crophone , 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceive rs/cables) 571415-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display asse mbly (includes WWAN) for use with white HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 mi crophone , 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceive rs/cables) 571416-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlar e display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with pink HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 571417-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with Compaq models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 571888-001 WWAN module for use only in the People's Republic of Chin a 572405-001 10.1-inch high-definiti on AntiGlare disp lay panel 572406-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly for use with black HP mode ls only (includes 1 webca m, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 572407-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) for use wi th black HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 572411-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) for use with white HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 572413-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with pink HP mo dels only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 572414-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly for u se with Compaq models o nly (includes 1 we bcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 34 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
Spare part number Description 574246-001 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use only in the People's R epublic of China 574670-001 Bluetooth adapter 575920-001 WLAN/Bluetooth combination module 578237-001 High-definition video decoder 579568-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz proc essor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB), and thermal replacement material) for use on the follow ing model numbers only: HP: 110-110 0 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c- 1100 â 110-1199 579569-001 System board (includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz pr ocessor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz fron t-side bus (FSB), and replacement thermal material) for use on the following model numbe rs only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c- 1100 â 110-1199 579570-001 10.1-inch WSVGA AntiGlare display panel 579571-001 Display Cable Kit for use with WSVGA panels only (i ncludes display panel/w ebc am cable and WLAN antenna s) 579576-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use w ith HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models on ly 579604-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with black H P mo dels only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 579606-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with wh ite HP mo dels only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 579608-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with pink HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 579610-001 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display as sembly (includes WWAN) for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 1 w ebcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 579612-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assembly (includes WWAN) for use wi th HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 1 webcam , 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 579614-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 1 w ebcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN a ntenna transceivers/ cables) 579615-001 Top cover for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tor d Boontje models only (incl udes TouchPad ) 579626-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare displa y assembly (includes WWAN) for use with Compaq models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenn a transceivers/cables) 581323-001 Microphone assembly 581324-001 Display bezel for use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje mo dels only 581325-001 USB/audio board (includes cable) for use on the follo wing model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110- 1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-11 99 581326-001 Power/battery pass-through bo ard for use on the fo llowin g model numbers only: HP: 110-110 0 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-1100 â 110-11 99 590669-001 160-GB, hard drive, 7200-RPM 591398-001 320-GB hard drive, 5400-RPM 591612-001 WWAN module for use only with AT&T Sequential part numb er listing 35
Spare part number Description 591647-001 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare display assemb ly (includes WWAN) for use with blue H P models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker b ox, and 2 WLAN antenna transce ivers/cables) 591648-001 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare display assembly (incl udes WWAN) for use with bl ue HP models only (includes 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 speaker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables) 591649-001 Display enclosure (includes logo) for use with blue HP models only 591650-001 Base enclosure for use on pin k, white, and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only (includes 4 rubber feet) 592624-161 WWAN module for use only with Am Movil 592625-161 WWAN module for use only with Telefonica 36 Chapter 3 Ill ustrated parts catalo g
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to comple te the removal and re placement procedures: â Flat-blad ed screwdr iver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sections include so me of the considerations that you must keep in min d during disassembly and asse mbly procedures. NOTE: As you remove each subassembly from th e device, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screw s) away from t he work area to pr event damage. Plastic parts CAUTION: Using excessive force during disassembly an d reassembly can da mage plastic parts. Use care when handli ng the plastic parts. App ly pressure only at th e points designated in the maintenance instructions. Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the device, be sure tha t cables are placed in thei r proper locations during the reassembly process. Improper cable placement can damage the device. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. H andle cables by the con nector whenever possible. In all cases, avoid be nding, twisting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are ro uted in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being r emoved or repl aced. Handle flex cables with ex treme care; these cables tear ea sily. Preliminary replacement requ irements 37
Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile componen ts that must be handled with care . To prevent damag e to the device, damage to a drive, or loss of informa tion, observe these pre cautions: Before removing or in serting a hard drive, shut d o wn the d evice. If you are unsure whethe r the device is off or in Hibe rnation, turn the device on, an d then shut it down through the operating system. Before handling a drive, be sure that you are disch arged of static electricit y. Wh ile handling a drive, avoid touchi ng the connec tor. Handle drives on surf aces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof f oam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surfa ce. After removing a hard drive, an op tical drive, or a diskette drive, place it i n a static-proof bag. Avoid exposing a hard drive to pr oducts that hav e magnetic f ields, such as mo nitors or spea kers. Avoid exposing a drive to temp erature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be mail ed, place the dr ive in a bubble pack mailer or other suita ble form of protect ive packaging and labe l the package âF RAGILE.â 38 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components ar e sensitiv e to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensitivity. Networks b uilt into many integrated circuits provide some protection, but in many cases, ESD contains enough power to al ter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity from a finger or ot her conductor can destroy static- sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the sp ark is neither felt nor hear d, damage may have occurred. An electronic device e xposed to ESD may not be affe cte d at all and can wo rk perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may function normally for a while , then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life expectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to th e device when you are removing or installing internal components, observe these precauti ons: Keep components in their electr ostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic to ols. Before touchi ng an electr onic component, discharge s tatic electricity by usin g the guidelines de scribed in this section. Avoid touching pi ns, leads, and circuitry. Handl e electron ic components as little as possible . If you remove a compo nent, place it in a n electrostatic-safe container. The following tab le shows how humidity affects the el e ctrostatic voltage levels generated by different activities. CAUTION: A product can b e degraded b y as little as 700 V. Typical electrostatic voltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V Preliminary replacement requ irements 39
Packaging and tran sporting guidelines Follow these g rounding guidel ines when packaging and transporting equipment: â To avoid hand con tact, transport produc ts in static-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemb lies with conductive or approved containers or pa ckaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive pa rts in their cont ainers unt il the parts arrive at static-free workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing ite ms from their containers. â Always be properly ground ed when touching a componen t or assembly. â Store reusable ESD- sensitive parts from assemb lies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transpor ters and convey ors made of antis tatic belts and roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment u sed for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper ma terials are selected to avoid sta tic charging. When groundin g is not possi ble, use an ionizer to dissipa te electric charges. Workstatio n guideli nes Follow these grou nding workstation guidelines : â Cover the workstation with approved sta tic-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded wo rk surface and use pro perly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conductive field service tools, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and va cuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces , use fixtur es made only o f static -safe materials. â Keep the work area free of nonconductive material s, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive componen ts, parts, and a ssemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circu itry. â Turn off power and input signals be fore inserting o r removing connectors o r test equipment. 40 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Equipment guid elines Grounding equi pment must include ei ther a wrist strap or a foot strap at a ground ed workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist s trap connected to a grounded system. Wr ist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±1 0% resistance in the gr ound cords. To provide proper gr ound, wear a strap sn ugly against the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with banan a-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, u se foot straps an d a grounded floor ma t. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boo t straps) can be used at stand ing workstations and are compatible with m ost types of shoes or boots. On conductive floors or di ssipative floor mats, use foot straps o n both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance b etween the operator and gr ound. To be effective, the conductive strips must be worn in contac t with the skin. The following g rounding equipmen t is recommended to prevent electrostatic damage : â Antista tic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins an d other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive tablet op workstations with grou nd cords of one megoh m resistance â Static-dissipa tive tables o r floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awareness labels â Material-handling pa ckages â Nonconductive plastic bags, tub es, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic vol tage levels and prote ctive materi als The following tab le lists the shielding protection provided b y antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V Preliminary replacement requ irements 41
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides remova l and replacement procedures. There are as many a s 65 screws, in 9 differen t sizes, that must be removed, replaced, or loosened when servicing the device. Make special note of each screw size a nd location during removal and replace ment. Service tag When ordering parts or requesting information , provide th e computer serial number a nd model description provided on the service tag: (1) Product name: This is the product na me a ffixed to the front of the device. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an a lphanumeric identifie r that is u nique to eac h product. (3) Part number/Product n umber (p/n): This nu mber provides specific information about the p roduct's hardware components. The part number helps a service techni cian to determine what components and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the alphanumeric i dentifier used to locate documents, drivers, and sup port for the device. (5) Warranty period: This numb er describes the du ration of the warranty period for the device. 42 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Device feet The device feet are ad hesive-backed rubber pads, tethered to the base enclosure. Description Spare part number Rubber Kit 537618-001 Component replacement p rocedures 43
Battery Description Spare part nu mber 6-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery ( 2.55-Ah, 55-Wh) 537627-001 3-cell lithium-polymer (Li-Pol) battery ( 2.55-Ah, 28-Wh) 537626-001 Before disassembling the device, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the device upside-down o n a flat su rface, with the batt ery bay toward you. 2. Slide th e battery release latches (1) to release th e battery. 3. Remove the battery (2) . Reverse this proc edure to insta ll a battery. 44 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
SIM NOTE: This section applies only to de vice models with WWAN capability. NOTE: If there is a SIM inserted in th e SIM slot, it must be removed befo re disassembling the computer. Be sure that the SIM i s reinserted in th e SIM slot after reassemblin g the computer. Before removi ng the SIM, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibe rnation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). Remove the SIM: 1. Pres s in on the SIM (1) . (The module is pa rtially ejected from the SIM slot.) 2. Remove the SIM (2) from the SIM slot. Reverse this procedure to insert the SIM. Component replacement p rocedures 45
Memory module Description Spare part nu mber Memory module (PC2-5300, 533-MHz, DDR2) 512-MB (for use in HP Mini 110 and Compaq Mini 110 only) 537663-001 1024-MB 537664-001 2048-MB 537665-001 Before removing the memory module, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Loosen the 2 Phillips 2.0Ã3.0 captive screws (1) that secure the memo ry module compa rtment cover to the computer. 2. Swing the cover up and away from the inside o f the computer (2) , and then remove the cover (3) . 3. Spre ad the retaining tab s (1) on each side of the memory mo dule slot to release the me mory module. (The edge of the module opp osite the slot rise s away from the device.) 46 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
4. Remove the memory module (2) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle . NOTE: Memory modu les are designed with a notch (3) to prevent incorrect insertion into the memory module slot. Reverse this procedure to install a memory modul e. Component replacement p rocedures 47
Keyboard Description Spare part nu mber For use only on black and blue models with Windows operating system installed â For use only in Brazil 535689-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 535689-221 â For use only in Europe 535689-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sw eden 535689-DH1 â For use only in France 535689-051 â For use only in French Cana da 535689-121 â For use only in Germany 535689-041 â For use only in Greece 535689-151 â For use only in Hungary 535689-211 â For use with international models 535689-B31 â For use only in Israel 535689-BB1 â For use only in Italy 535689-061 â For use only in Japan 535689-291 â For use only in Latin America 535689-161 â For use only in Portugal 535689-131 â For use only in Russia 535689-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 535689-171 â For use only in South Korea 535689-AD1 â For use only in Spain 535689-071 â For use only in Switzerland 535689-111 â For use only in Taiwan 535689-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 535689-281 â For use only in Turkey 535689-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 535689-031 â For use only in the United States 535689-001 For use only on models with Mobile Mi installed â For use only in Brazil 535690-201 â For use only in French Cana da 535690-121 â For use only in Japan 535690-291 â For use only in Latin America 535690-161 â For use only in South Korea 535690-AD1 â For use only in Taiwan 535690-AB1 48 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Description Spare part number â For use only in Thailand 535690-281 â For use only in the United States 535690-001 For use on pink mod els only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slove nia 537954-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537954-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537954-221 â For use only in Europe 537954-A41 â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sweden 537954-DH1 â For use only in France 537954-051 â For use only in French Ca nada 537954-121 â For use only in Germany 537954-041 â For use only in Greece 537954-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537954-211 â For use with international models 537954-B31 â For use only in Israel 537954-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537954-061 â For use only in Japan 537954-291 â For use only in Latin America 537954-161 â For use only in Portugal 537954-131 â For use only in Russia 537954-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537954-171 â For use only in South Korea 537954-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537954-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537954-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537954-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 537954-281 â For use only in Turkey 537954-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 537954-031 â For use only in the United States 537954-001 For use with white HP models only â For use only in Bosnia, Croatia, Montenegro, Serbia, and Slove nia 537953-BA1 â For use only in Brazil 537953-201 â For use only in the Czech Republic 537953-221 â For use only in Europe 537953-A41 Component replacement p rocedures 49
Description Spare part nu mber â For use only in Finland, Norway, and Sw eden 537953-DH1 â For use only in France 537953-051 â For use only in French Cana da 537953-121 â For use only in Germany 537953-041 â For use only in Greece 537953-DJ1 â For use only in Hungary 537953-211 â For use with international models 537953-B31 â For use only in Israel 537953-BB1 â For use only in Italy 537953-061 â For use only in Japan 537953-291 â For use only in Latin America 537953-161 â For use only in Portugal 537953-131 â For use only in Russia 537953-251 â For use only in Saudi Arabia 537953-171 â For use only in South Korea 537953-AD1 â For use only in Spain 537953-071 â For use only in Switzerland 537953-BG1 â For use only in Taiwan 537953-AB1 â For use only in Thailand 537953-281 â For use only in Turkey 537953-141 â For use only in the United Kingdom 537953-031 For use with white HP and HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje mode ls only in the United States 537953-001 Before removing the keyboard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 50 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Remove t he keyboard : 1. Remove the 3 Phillips SP2. 0Ã3.0 screws that secure the keyboard to the device. 2. Turn the device right-side up, and then open the display as far as possible. 3. Turn the device upside down, a nd locate the keyboa rd release access on the bottom of the computer, inside the batt ery bay. 4. Insert a flexible tool into the opening, and then press inward to releas e the keyboard. 5. Turn the device right-side up, and then lift up on the top and left ed ges (1) of the keyb oard until the keyboard releases comple tely. Component replacement p rocedures 51
6. Slide the ke yboard back until its to p edge rests on the disp lay assembly (2) . 7. Rele ase the zero insertio n force (ZIF) connector (1) to which the keyboard cable is attach ed. 8. Disconnect the cable (2) , and then remove the keyboard. 9. Remove the keyboard. Reverse this proc edure to install the keybo ard. 52 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
RTC battery Description Spare part number RTC batte ry 537616-001 Before removi ng the real-ti me cloc k (RTC) battery, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the device. If you are unsure whether the device is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the device on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal device s connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the device by first unplu g ging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the de vice. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ). Remove the RTC battery: 1. Di sconnect the RTC battery cable (1) from the system board. 2. De tach the RTC battery (2) from the system board. NOTE: The RT C battery is attached to the system board with double-sid ed tape. Reverse this procedure to in stall the RTC battery. Component replacement p rocedures 53
Mass storage devices NOTE: Each hard drive spare part kit and solid-state dr ive spare part kit includes a cab le and bracket. Description Spare part number Hard drive (select models only) 320-GB, 5400-RPM 591398-001 250-GB, 5400-RPM 537635-001 160-GB, 7200-RPM 590669-001 160-GB, 5400-RPM 537634-001 Hard Driv e Hardwa re Kit 537641-001 Solid-state dri ve 64-GB 537640-001 32-GB 537639-001 16-GB 537638-001 8-GB 537637-001 Solidâstate Drive Hardware Kit 537642-001 Before removing the hard drive or so lid-state drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ). To remove the mass storag e assembly: 1. Loosen the Phillips SP2 .5Ã10.0 captive screw (1) , and remove th e two Phillips PM2.0Ã5 .0 screws (2) that secure the assembl y to the device. 54 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2. Use the Mylar tab to slide the assembly to the left (3) to disconnect it, and remove the assembly (4) . Continue with one of the following sections for hard drive or solid-state drive replacement. Hard drive 1. Remove the 4 Phillips SP3. 0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive. 2. Using the Mylar tab, lift the bracket (2) away from the hard drive. Reverse this procedure to install a hard drive. Solid-state drive To remove the solid-state drive: 1. Remove the 4 Phillips SP2. 0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the solid-state drive bracket to the solid- state dr ive. Component replacement p rocedures 55
2. Lift the solid-state drive (2) to remove it . Reverse this proc edure to install a solid- state drive. 56 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Top cover Description Spare part number Top cover (includes TouchPad) â For use with black and blue models only 537622-001 â For use with pink HP models only 537625-001 â For use with white HP models only 537624-001 â For use with HP Mini 110 by Stud io Tord Boontje models only 579615-001 Before removi ng the top cover, foll ow these steps: 1. Shut down the device. If you are unsure whether the device is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the device on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal device s connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the device by first unplu g ging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the de vice. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the memory module (see Memory module on page 46 ). 7. Remove the keyboard (s ee Keyboard on page 48 ). 8. Re move the hard drive or solid-sta te drive asse mbly (see Mass storage devices on page 54 ). Remove t he top co ver. 1. Turn the device upside down, with the front toward you. 2. Use a thin, flat tool to release the 4 tethe red rubber fe et. 3. Remove the four Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) , and the Phillips SP2.0Ã5.0 screw (2) that secure the top cove r to the base en closure. Component replacement p rocedures 57
4. Turn the device right-side up , with the front to ward you. 5. Open the device as far as possible. 6. Remove the 8 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that secure the top cover to the base enclosure. 7. Lift the inside edge of the top cover (1) and swing it up. Then slide the top cover back slightly to rest against the display assembly (2) at an angle. 8. Release the ZIF connector (1) to which th e TouchPad bu tton boar d cable is conn ected. 58 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
9. Disconnect the TouchPad button board cab le (2) from the system board, and then remove the top cover. Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement p rocedures 59
WLAN module Description Spare part nu mber WLAN/Bluetooth combination module 575920-001 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g/n WLAN module For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518436-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arge ntina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Bar bados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botsw ana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroo n, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guin ea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, F inland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory C oast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Li beria, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembour g, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi crone sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Pa lau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philipp ines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldo va, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saud i Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leon e, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sr i Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the Unit ed Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518436-002 Broadcom 4312 802.11/b/g WLAN module For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-003 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Ando rra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arge ntina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Bar bados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botsw ana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroo n, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guin ea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, F inland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory C oast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Li beria, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembour g, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi crone sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Pa lau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philipp ines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldo va, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saud i Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leon e, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sr i Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the Unit ed Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 60 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
CAUTION: The WWAN module and the WLAN module a re not interch angeable. To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wire less module only with a wi reless modul e authorized for use in the device by the go vernmental agency th at re gulates wireless de vices in your country or region. If you repla ce the module and the n receive a warning messa ge, remove the modu le to restore device functionality, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. Before removi ng the WLAN module, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the device. If you are unsure whether the device is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the device on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal device s connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the device by first unplu g ging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the de vice. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Batter y on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Re move the following components: a. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or so lid-state drive (see Mass storage devices on page 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the WLAN mo dule: 1. Re move the 2 Phillips PM2. 0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the WLAN module to the system board. (The edge of the module opposite the slo t rises away from the device.) 2. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables (2) from the terminals on the WLAN module. 3. Remove the WLAN module (3) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. Component replacement p rocedures 61
WWAN module NOTE: Not available for computers with Mobile Mi installed. Description Spare part nu mber HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module (select mod els only) 483377-002 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use only wi th Verizon Wireless (select mo dels only) 4 83377-003 WWAN module for use only in the People's Republic of Chin a 571888-001 HP un2400 Mobile Broadband Module for use only in the People's Re public of China 574246-001 WWAN minicard module 531993-001 WWAN module for use only with Telefonica 592625-161 WWAN module for use only with Am Movil 592624- 161 WWAN module for use only with AT&T 591612-001 CAUTION: The WWAN module and the WLAN module are not interchangea ble. To prevent an unrespo nsive system, replace the wirele ss module only with a wireless module a uthorized for use in the de vice by the governm ental agency that regulates wirele ss devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then rece ive a warning me ssage, remove the module to re store device functionality, an d then cont act technical supp ort. Before removing the WWAN module, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. Remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the WWAN module: 1. Remove the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the WWAN co nnector module (3) to the system board. (The edge of the module oppo site the slot rises away from the device.) 2. Disconnect the wireless antenna cabl es (2) from the termin als on the WWAN module. NOTE: The red WWAN antenna cable is connected to the WWAN module âMai nâ terminal. The blue WWAN antenna cabl e is connected to the WWAN module âAuxâ terminal. 62 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3. Remove the WWAN module (3) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install the WWAN module. Component replacement p rocedures 63
USB/audio board Description Spare part nu mber USB/audio board (includes cable) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 537614-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 581325-001 Before removing the USB/audi o bo ard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the comp uter. If yo u are unsure whether the computer is off or in Hibern ation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ). b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ). c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ). Remove the USB board: 1. Release the ZIF connector (1) to which the U SB/audio board cable is connec ted, and disco nnect the cable (2) . 2. Release the USB/audio board from the clip attached to the base en closure (3) , and re move the USB/audio board (4) . 64 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to install the USB/audio board. Component replacement p rocedures 65
Power/battery pass-through board Description Spare part nu mber Power/battery pass-through b oard For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 537615-001 For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 581326-001 Before removing the p ower/battery pass-thro ugh board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the power/batte ry pass-through board : 1. Disconnect the power cable (1) . 2. Remove the 2 Phillip s BP2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the p ower/batt ery pass-throu gh board to the base encl osure. 66 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3. Remove the power/battery pass-through board (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the power/battery pass-through board. Component replacement p rocedures 67
Fan Description Spare part nu mber Fan 537613-001 NOTE: To properl y ventilate the device, allow at least a 7.6-cm (3-inch) clea rance on the left side of the device. The device u ses an electric fan fo r vent ila tion. The fan is controll ed by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automatically wh en high temperature conditions exist. These conditio ns are affected by hig h external temperatures, syst em power consumption, power ma nagement/battery conservation configurations, battery fast charging, and softwa re requirements. Exhaust air is displace d through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the device. Before removing the fan, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the fa n: 1. Disconnect the fan cable (1) . 2. Remove the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the fan to the base enclosure. 68 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
3. Remove the fan (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the fan. Component replacement p rocedures 69
Heat sink assembly Description Spare part nu mber Heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 537619-001 Before removing the heat sink assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) d. WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 60 ) e. Fan (see Fan on page 68 ) Remove the heat sink as sembly: 1. Remove the 4 Phillip s SP1.5Ã1.05 screws (1) that secure the heat si nk assembly to the system board. NOTE: Th e screws are numbered 1 thro ugh 4. Foll ow this order when removing the screws. 70 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
2. Remove the heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: Due to the ad hesive quality of th e thermal material locate d between the heat sink assembly and system board components, it may be necessary to move th e heat sink assembly from side to side to d etach th e assembl y. NOTE: The thermal material mu st be thoroughl y cl eaned from the surfaces o f the heat sink assembly and the system bo ard each time the heat sink assemb ly is removed. Thermal paste is used on the processor (1) , and thermal tape is used on the Northbri dge chip (2) . Replacement thermal material is include d with all heat si nk assembly and system board spa re part kits. Reverse this procedure to inst all the heat si nk assembly. Component replacement p rocedures 71
System board Description Spare part nu mber System board (includes processor and repl acement thermal material) Includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 571370-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1000 â 110-1099 and Compaq: 110c-10 00 â 110-1099 537662-001 Includes Intel Atom N280 1.66-GHz processor, 512-KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 579569-001 Includes Intel Atom N270 1.6-GHz processor, 512- KB Level 2 cache, 533-MHz front-side bus (FSB) For use on the following model numbers only: HP: 110-1100 â 110-1199 and Compaq: 110c-11 00 â 110-1199 579568-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 5. If your device has WWAN capa bility, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Remove the following components: a. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or solid -state drive (see Mass storage devices on pa ge 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are r emove d from the defective system board and installed on the replac ement system board: â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 60 ) â WWAN module, if included (see WWAN module on pa ge 62 ) â RTC batt ery (se e RTC battery on page 53 ) â Heat sink assembly (see Heat sink assembly on page 70 ) 72 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Remove the system board : 1. Release the tape securing the WWAN an tennas (1) . 2. Di sconnect the follow ing cables from the system bo ard: (2) Display panel cable (3) Microphone ca ble (4) Speaker cable (5) WLAN cables (6) WWAN cables (select models only) 3. Re move the 2 Phillips PM1. 5Ã2.0 screws (1) that secure the actuat ors for the power switch and wireless on/off switch to the system board. 4. Remove the actuators (2) . Component replacement p rocedures 73
5. Remove the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws that se cure the system board to the base encl osure. 6. Grasp the system board at the mid point of the left side (1) , and lift it up. 7. Pull the system board (2) out to the left at an angle to remove it. 8. Remove the system board. Reverse the proced ure to install the system board. 74 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
Display assembly NOTE: Each display assembl y spare part kit include s 1 webcam, 1 microphone, 1 spea ker box, and 2 WLAN antenna transceivers/cables; WWAN on select models o nly. Description Spare part number For use with black HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 572407-001 â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare displa y assembly 572406-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537646-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579604-001 For use with pink HP m odels only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 572413-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571416-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579608-001 For use with white HP models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 572411-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571415-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579606-001 For use with blue HP m odels only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 591647-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 591648-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlar e displa y assembly (includ es WWAN) 579612-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 579610-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579614-001 For use with Compaq models only â 10.1-inch, high-definition, AntiGlare displa y assembly 572414-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGl are display assembly (includes WWAN) 571417-001 â 10.1-inch, standard-definition, AntiGlare display assembly 537643-001 â 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare di splay assembly (includes WWAN) 579626-001 Hinge covers 53761 7-001 Display bezel For use with HP Mini 1101 and HP Mini 110 only 537650-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by St udio Tord Boontje models only 581324-001 For use with Compaq Mini 110 only 537644-001 Component replacement p rocedures 75
Description Spare part number Displa y Hing e Kit (Includes left and right display panel hin ges) 537658-001 Speaker assembly (includes left and right cables) 537621-001 Display panel 10.1-inch high-definition AntiGlare 572405-001 10.1-inch standard-definition AntiGlare 537656-001 10.1-inch WSVGA AntiGlare 579570-001 Webcam module 537660-001 Display Cable Kit (includes display/webcam cable and WLAN antennas) â For use with high-definition and standard- definition display panels only 537657-001 â For use with WSVGA display panels only 579571-001 Microphone assembly 581323-001 WWAN antennas 537655-001 Display enclosure (includes logo ) For use with black HP models only 537651 -001 For use with pink HP models only 537654-001 For use with white HP models only 537653 -001 For use with blue HP models only 591649-001 For use with HP Mini 110 by Studio Tord Boontje models only 579576-001 For use with Compaq models only 537645-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 538510-001 Before removing the display assembly, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the de vice. If you are u nsure whether the device is off or in Hibern ation, turn th e device on, and then shut it down through th e operating system. 2. Disconnect all external devi ces connected to the device. 3. Disconnect the power from the de vice by first unpluggi ng the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC adapte r from the device. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 44 ). 76 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
5. If your device has WWAN capabi lity, remove the SIM (see SIM on page 45 ). 6. Re move the following components: a. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 48 ) b. Hard drive or so lid-state drive (see Mass storage devices on page 54 ) c. Top cover (see Top cover on page 57 ) Remove the display assembly: 1. Release the tape securing the WWAN an tennas (1) . 2. Di sconnect the follow ing cables from the system bo ard: (2) Display panel cable (3) Microphone ca ble (4) Speaker cable (5) WLAN cables (6) WWAN cables (select models only) CAUTION: Support the display assembly when removing the following screws. Failure to support the display assembly can result in damage to the display assembly an d other device comp onents. 3. Re move the 4 Phillips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the display assembly to t he device. NOTE: One screw on the left hinge (2) also se cures the display panel cabl e ground strap. Component replacement p rocedures 77
4. Remove the display assembly (3) . 5. If it is nece ssary to replace the di spla y bezel, perform the following steps: a. Remove the display hinge covers (1) . b. Flex the insid e edges of the top and bottom (2) , and then the left and right sides (3) of the display bezel un til the bezel disengages from the display enclo sure. c. Remove the display bezel (4) . 78 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
6. If it is ne cessary to repl ace the display pane l, perform the following step s: a. Remove the 7 Phillips PM 2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure th e display panel to the display enclosure. b. Lift the disp lay panel up from the displa y enclosure (1) . c. Discon nect the webca m cable (2) from the system board (2) d. Remove the display panel (3) from the display enclosure. 7. If it is ne cessary to rep lace the spea ker assembly, perform the following steps: a. Remove the three Ph illips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the speaker assembly to the display enclosure. Component replacement p rocedures 79
b. Remove the speaker assembly (2) . 8. If it is necessary to replace the d isplay hinges, perfo rm the following steps: a. Remove the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure each hinge to th e display encl osure. b. Remove the hinges (2) . 9. If it is neces sary to replace the displa y panel cable, perfor m the foll owing steps: a. Peel back the Mylar protection on the back of the display panel (1) . 80 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
b. Disconn ect the display panel cable (2) . 10. If it is ne cessary to repl ace the w ebcam module, perform the followi ng steps: a. Discon nect the webca m cable (1) from the webcam. b. Remove the webcam (2) . 11. If it is necessary to replace the microphone recei ver, perform the following steps: a. Release the microphone rece iver from the clip (1) that secu res it to th e display enclosure. Component replacement p rocedures 81
b. Pull the receiver through the tabs (2) , and remove the microphone receiv er (3) . 12. If it is necessary to replace the wirele ss anten na transceivers and cables , detach the ca bles from the adhesive (1) that secures them to the display en closure, and then remove the cables (2) . Reverse this proc edure to reassemb le and install th e display assembly. 82 Chapter 4 Removal and replacement procedures
5 Setup Utility Starting the Se tup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM- based information and customization ut ility that can be used even when your operating system is not working. The utility reports informatio n about the device and pr ovides settin gs for startup, security, and other prefere nces. To start the Setup Utility: î Open the Setup Utility b y turning on or restarting the d evice, and then pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ me ssage is displaye d in the lower-left co rner of the screen. Using the Setup Utility Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the language of the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already running, be gin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the device, and th en pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ me ssage is displaye d in the lower-left co rner of the screen. 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Lan guage , and then press enter . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and th en press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selected is displaye d, press enter . 5. To save your change and exit the Setup Utility, use th e a rrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes in to effect immediately. Navigating and selectin g in the Setup Utility Because the Setup Utilit y is not operating systemâbased, it does not suppor t the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystro ke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use the arrow keys. â To choose an ite m in a list or to toggle a field, for example a n Enable/Disable field, use e ither the arrow keys or f5 or f6 . Starting the Setup Utility 83
â To select a n item, pr ess enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu di splay, press esc . â To display additional navigation and selection information while the Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displaying system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the device, and then pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ message is display ed in the lower-le ft corner of the screen. 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the device is disp layed. 3. To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the ar row keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . Restoring default settin gs in the Setup Utility The following p rocedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Utility defa ult setting s. If the Setup Ut ility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Ut ility is already runn ing, begin at ste p 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the device, and then pressing f10 while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ message is display ed in the lower-le ft corner of the screen. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Setup Confirmati on is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your chan ge and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . The Setup Utilit y default settin gs go into ef fect when th e device restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and language settings are not changed when you restore the factory default settings. Exiting the Setup Utility You can exit the Setu p Utility wi th or wit hout saving changes. â To exit the Setup Ut ility and save you r changes from the c urrent sess ion: If the Setup Utility menus are not vi sible, press esc to return to the menu disp lay. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your change s from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not vi sible, press esc to return to the menu disp lay. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After either choice, the de vice restarts and loads th e operating system. 84 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this sec tion provid e an overview of Setup Utili ty options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in this chapter may not be supported by your device. Main menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the device. â View specification information about the pr ocessor, memory size, and system BIOS. Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administrator pa ssword. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on passwor d. System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Cha nge the Setup Utility language. Processor C4 State Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. Boot Options Set the following boot options: â f10 and f12 Delay (sec.) â Set the delay for the f10 and f12 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠Internal hard drive (select models only) ⦠USB Floppy ⦠USB CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠USB flash drive ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠USB Card Reader ⦠Network adapter NOTE: Only the devices attached to the system will a ppear in the boot order menu. Setup Utility menus 85
Diagnostics menu Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive. Memory Test Run a diagn ostic test on the system memory. 86 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
6 Specifications Device specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Depth 16.67 cm 6.56 i n Width 26.17 cm 10.30 in Height 2.52 cm 0.99 in Weight 10.1-in. LCD, equipped with a 3-cell battery, hard drive, 1-GB memory, WLAN module, and 2 wireless an tennas 1.11 kg 2.45 l b 10.1-in. LCD, equipped with a 3-cell battery,solid-state drive, 1-GB memory, WLAN module, and 2 wireless a ntennas 1.09 kg 2.40 l b Input power Operating voltage 19 V dc @ 1.58 A â 30 W Operating current 1.58 A Temperature Operating 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 65°C -4°F to 1 49°F Relative humidity (noncond ensing) Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 0% to 95% Maximum altitud e (unpress urized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specif y thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The de vice operates well within this range of temperatures. Device specifications 87
10.1-inch, AntiGlare display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 23.45 cm 9.23 in Width 14.30 cm 5.62 in Diagonal 25.55 cm 10.05 in Number of colors 262,144 Contrast ratio 400:1 (typical) Brightness 200 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.2175 à 0.2175 mm Format Standardâdefinition: 1024 à 576 High-definition: 1366 à 768 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power cons umption 3.2 W Viewing angle /-45° horizontal, 15/-3 5° vertical (typical) 88 Chapter 6 Specifications
10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 12.53 cm 4.93 in Width 22.27 cm 8.77 in Diagonal 25.55 cm 10 .06 in Number of colors 262,144 Contrast ratio 400:1 (typical) Brightness 200 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.2175 à 0.2175 mm Format 1024 à 600 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power co nsumption 3.0 W Viewing angle /-40° horizontal, 20/- 40° vertical (typical) 10.1-inch, WSVGA, AntiGlare display specifications 89
Hard drive specifications 160-GB to 320-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm Width 70 mm Weight 101 g Interface type PATA Trans fer rate 100 MB/sec Security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms Average 13 ms Maximum 24 ms Logical blocks 117,210,240 Disc rotational speed 5400 rpm 7200 rpm Operating temperature * 1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Actual accessible ca pacity is less. Actual drive specifications may differ sligh tly. NOTE: Certain restrictions and exclusions appl y. Contact technical support for details. 90 Chapter 6 Specifications
Solid-state drive specifications Performance Transfer modes supported UDMA 0-4, Multiword-DMA 0-2, PIO 0-4 Sustained read 39 MB/s ec Sustained write 17 MB/s ec Characteristics Interface Parallel ATA (PATA) MLC NAND flash cap acity 8 GB, 16 GB Electrical specifications DC supply voltage 3.3 V /â 5% Standby current 300 µA (typical) Active current Read = 130 mA (typical) Write = 120 mA (typical) Environmental specifications Operating temperature 0°C to 70°C (32°F to 158 °F) Storage temperature -25°C to 85°C (-1 3°F to 185°F) Operating altitude up to 24,384 m (80,000 feet) Humidity 5% to 90% non-condensing Shock 1,000 g Acoustic noise 0 dB Vibration 15 g (peak to peak) Physical specifications Connector 40-pin ZIF connector Weight (8-GB model) 5.5 g Weight (16-GB model) 7.0 g Dimensions (8-GB model) 54 à 32 à 2.6 mm Dimensions (16-GB model) 54 à 32 à 3.75 mm Regulations and comp liance RoHS, China RoHS, SGS ROHS, FCC, CE UL â PCB Only Solid-state drive specifications 91
System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System fu nction DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory acce ss controller 92 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System funct ion IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natural PS/2 Keyboard IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9 * Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numeric d ata processor IRQ14 Primary IDE chan nel IRQ15 Intel® 82801G (ICH 7 Family) SMBus Controllerâ27 DA IRQ16 Broadco m 802.11b/g WLAN no. 2 Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Exp ress Root Portâ27D0 Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Universal H ost Controllerâ27CB Microsoft UAA Bus Driver for High Definition Audio Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family IRQ17 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) PCI Express Roo t Portâ27D2 IRQ18 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Con trollerâ27CA IRQ19 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Con trollerâ27C9 IRQ23 Intel 82801G ( ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Con trollerâ27C8 Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB2 Enhance d Host Controller â27CC * Default configuration System interrupt specifications 93
System I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System function (shipp ing configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller 000 - CF7 PCI bus 010 - 01F Motherboard resources 020 - 021 Programmable interrupt controller 022 - 03F Motherboard resources 040 - 043 System timer 044 - 05F Motherboard resources 060 - 060 St andard 101-/102-Key or Micr osoft® Natural PS/2 Keyboard 061 - 061 System speaker 062 - 062 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 063- 063 Motherboard resources 064 - 064 St andard 101-/102-Key or Micr osoft Natural PS/2 Keyboard 065 - 065 Motherboard resources 066 - 066 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant Embedded Controller 067 - 06F Motherboard resources 070 - 071 System CMOS/real-time clock 072 - 07F Motherboard resources 080 - 080 Motherboard resources 081 - 083 DMA c ontroller 084 - 086 Motherboard resources 087 - 087 DMA c ontroller 088 - 088 Motherboard resources 089 - 08B DMA controller 08C - 08E Motherboard resources 08F - 08F DMA controller 090 - 09F Motherboard resources 0A0 - 0A1 Programmable interrupt controller 0A2 - 0BF Motherboard resources 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller 0E0 - 0EF Motherboard resources 0F0 - 0FF Numeric data processor 1F0 - 1F7 Primary IDE channel 274 - 277 ISAPNP Read Data Port 94 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shipping conf iguration) 279 - 279 ISAPNP Rea d Data Port 3B0 - 3BB Mobile Intel® 945 Express Chipset Family 3C0 - 3DF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family 3F6 - 3F6 Primary IDE channel 400 - 41F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) SMBus C ontrollerâ27DA 480 - 4BF Motherboard resources 4D0 - 4D1 Motherboard resources 500 - 501 Motherboard r esources 800 - 87F Motherboard resources A79 - A79 ISAPNP Read Data Port 0D00 - FFFF PCI bus D480 - D49F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Univer sal Host Controllerâ27C8 D800 - D81F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Univer sal Host Controllerâ27CA D880 - D89F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Univer sal Host Controllerâ27C9 DC00 - DC1 F Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB Universal Host Controllerâ27C8 DC80 - DC8 7 Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family E000 - EFFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Express Root Portâ27D2 FFA0 - FFAF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) Ultra ATA Storage Controllersâ27DF System I/O address specifications 95
System memory map specifications Memory address System function 00000000 - 0009FFFF System board 000A0000 - 000BFFFF Mobile I ntel® 945 Express Chipset Fa mily 000A0000 - 000BFFFF PCI bus 000C0000 - 000CFFF F System board 000D0000 - 000DFFF F PCI bus 000E0000 - 000FFFFF System boa rd 00100000 - 3F7FFF FF System board 3F800000 - DFFFF FFF PCI bus D0000000 - DFFF FFFF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family E0000000 - E3FFFFFF Motherboard resources E4000000 - FED8FFFF PCI bus FE880000 - FE8FFFFF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family FE937C00 - FE93 7FFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ27CC FE938000 - FE93BFFF Microsoft® UAA Bus Driver for High Definition Audio FE940000 - FE97FFFF Mobile Intel 945 Expr ess Chipset Family FE980000 - FE9FFFFF Mobile Intel 945 Express Chipset Family FEA00000 - FEAFFFFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Express Root Portâ27D0 FEAFC000 - FEAFFFFF Broadcom 802.11b/g WLAN FEB00000 - FEBFFFFF Intel 82801G (ICH7 Family) PCI Express Root Portâ27D2 FEC00000 - FEC00FFF Motherboard resources FED13000 - FED19FFF System board FED1C000 - F ED1FFFF Motherboard resources FED20000 - FED3FFF F Motherboard resources FED40000 - FED8FFF F Motherboard resources FED90000 - FFFF FFFF System boa rd FEE00000 - FEE00FFF Motherboard resources 96 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specificat ion and reference information for th e screws and screw locks used in the device. All screws listed in this section are ava ilable in the Screw Kit, sp are part number 537620-00 1; or in the Display Screw Kit, spa re part number 5385 10-001. Phillips PM1.5Ã1.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 6 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 1.0 mm Where used : 4 screws that secure the heat sink to the system board Phillips PM1.5Ã1.0 screw 97
Where used: Two screws that secure the power and wire less switch actuators to the base enclosure 98 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 20 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used : 3 screws that secure th e keyboard to the device Where used : Four screws that secure the so lid-state drive to the bracket Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 99
Where used: Se ven screws that secure th e display panel to the display enclosure Where used: Three screws that secure the speake r assembly to the display enclosure Where used: Four screws that secure th e hinges to the display panel 100 Ch apter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 captive screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 captive screw 101
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 4.0 mm 2 .0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Two screws that secure the WLAN module to the system board Where used: Two screws that secure the WWAN to the system board 102 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 3 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used : Two screws that secure the hard drive or solid-state drive to the system boa rd Where used : One screw that secures the to p cover to the base enclosur e Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw 103
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 15 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 m m Where used: Two screws that secure the power/battery pass-through board to the system board Where used: Four screws that secure the displa y assembly and top cover to the device 104 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : Two screws that s ecure the fan to the system board Where used : Three screws that secu re the system board t o the base enclosure Where used : Four screws that sec ure the display ass embly to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 105
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 12 7.0 mm 2 .5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Four screws that secure the to p cover to the base enclosure Where used: Eight screws that secure the to p cover to the base enclosure 106 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 1 10.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used : One captive screw, with a C-clip, that secure s the hard drive or s olid-state drive bracket to the system board Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw 107
Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 4 4.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: Four screws that secure th e hard driv e bracket to th e hard drive 108 Chapter 7 Screw listing
8 Backup and recovery Select the section in this chapt e r that applies to the operating syst em installed on your computer. 109
Mobile Mi backup and recovery Use the instructions in this section if Mobile Mi is installed on your co mputer. To protect your information, back up your files and folders. Then if the system fails, you can restore your important files from cop ies. You can also use the opti ons li sted in this section to restore the operating system and programs that were installed at the factory. Backing up your information Successful recovery after a system failure dep ends on whether you have completely backed up your files. You should back up yo ur files on a regular basis to mainta in up-to-date files. You can back up important persona l files and folders to the Mini Mobile Driv e (select mode ls only), to an external hard drive, or to a U SB flash drive (purchased separately). When to back up â On a regular basis â Before the system is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Restoring your information In case of system failure or instability, you can re store the operating system and programs installed at the factory. CAUTION: The restore process re formats ha rd drive, completely erasin g all information. All the files you have created and any software installed on the device are perma nently removed. The restore process reinstalls the original op erating system, so ftware, and drivers. Software, drivers, and updates not installed with th e factory image must be reinsta lled using Update Manager. The device provides the follo wing restore options: â System Restore (installed on the device): You can use the System Restore utility to restore the original operating system and programs. â HP Mi Restore Image Crea tor (USB flash drive): If you are unab le to boot (start up) th e device, and if you are unable to us e System Restore, yo u can use another computer to download the HP Mi Restore Image Creator utility and create a bo otable USB flash drive (purchased separately). You can then use the USB flash drive to install the HP Mi recovery image and pro grams on your device. Note the following be fore beginning the restore pro cess: â The device must be connected to AC power during the restore pr ocess. â The restore process may take several hours to complete. â If possible, all perso nal files should be backed up. 110 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
Using System Restore NOTE: System Restore is the recommended op tion to restore the original operating system. To restore the original operating sy stem and programs using the System Restore ut ility that is installed on the device, follow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the device, an d then press the esc key repeatedly while the âF10 = BIOS Setup Optionsâ message is displayed in th e lower-left corner of the screen . The âSystem Restore â page opens. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Syst em Restor e , and then press enter . 3. Follow the on-screen instruct io ns to res tore the sy stem. Using HP Mi Restore Image Creato r NOTE: Use HP Mi Re store Image Creator if you are un able to boot (start up) the device , and if you are unable to use System Restore. You will need the following before you begin this restore process: â A 2-GB (minimum) USB flash drive (purchased separately) NOTE: This USB flash drive should have bootable capability. Refe r to the USB flash drive manufacturer for add itional information. â An additional computer run ning either a Windows® or Linux op erating system To perform this restore option, yo u download the HP Mi Restore Image Creator utility and Mini operating system onto another computer and then transfer the necessary files to the USB flash drive. The drive can then be used to reboot yo ur device and restore the system. Follow the specific operating sys tem instructions in this section to restore your sys tem. CAUTION: The restore process reforma ts and completely erases the hard dr ive on the Mini. All the files you have created an d any software installed on the device are permanently remo ved. The restore process reinstalls the original operating system, s oft ware, and drivers. Softwa re, drivers, and updates not installed with th e factory image must be reinsta lled using Update Manage r. Restoring using a Windows computer To download the files to a computer running a Win dows operating system and th en restore your device, follow these steps: 1. From your Windows computer, go to http://www.hp.com . 2. Select the Supp ort & Drivers tab. 3. Under âStep 1: Start by selecting a task,â select Download drivers an d software (and firmware) . 4. Un der âStep 2: Enter a pr oduct name / number,â type the part n umber/product number (p/n) of your Mini, and then sele ct Go . NOTE: Th e p/n is located on the se rvice tag affixed to the bottom of you r Mini. 5. Under âWhich operating system is used with your product? â select HP Mi or Linux . Mobile Mi backup and recove ry 111
6. Select HP Mi Restore Image Creator (for Windows) . 7. Select D ownload only . 8. Save ImageCreator.msi to the Windows computer. 9. Double-click ImageCreator.msi and follow the on-screen instru ctions to install HP Mi Restore Image Creato r. 10. Insert the USB flash driv e into a USB port on the Windows computer. CAUTION : The restore proces s reformat s and completely era ses the USB flas h drive. All the files on the USB flash drive are permanently removed. 11. Launch HP Mi Restore Im age Crea tor from the Start menu. 12. Select D ownload HP Mini recovery image . 13. Select the target USB flash drive, and then select Start to download the latest Mini recovery image from th e HP Web site. The recovery image will be downloaded and saved to the Windows comput er and then written to the USB flash drive. 14. When the download and write proce sses ar e complete, remove the USB flash drive. 15. Insert the USB flash drive into a USB port on your Mini. 16. Change the boot order b y turning on or restarting the device, and the n pressing f9 repeatedly while the âF9 = Change Boot Device Orderâ message is disp layed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 17. Use th e arrow keys to select th e USB flash drive, an d then press enter . 18. Press enter again to begin restoring the device. 19. Follow the on-screen inst ructions to in stall the operating system and programs. 20. After the operating system and programs ar e installed, remove the USB flash drive. NOTE: After t he operating system and programs are installed, the device automatically restart s. You are then promp ted to set up your device. 21. Use Update Manager to reinstall any u pdates not installed with the factory image. 22. Rest ore your perso nal files. NOTE: After this process is complete , you can uninstall the HP Mi Restore Image Creator utility from the Windows computer an d delete the downloaded reco very image from the USB flash drive. (Th e image must be delete d manually.) Restoring us ing a Linux comput er To download the files to a computer running a Li nux operating system and then restore your device, follow these steps: 1. From your Linux computer, go to http://www.hp.com . 2. Select the Support & Drivers ta b. 112 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
3. Under âStep 1: Start by selecting a task,â select Download drivers an d software (and firmware) . 4. Un der âStep 2: Enter a pr oduct name / number,â type the part n umber/product number (p/n) of your Mini, and then sele ct Go . NOTE: Th e p/n is located on the se rvice tag affixed to the bottom of you r Mini. 5. Under âWhich operating system is used with your product? â select HP Mi or Linux . 6. Select HP Mi Restore Image Creator (for Linux) . 7. Select Download only . 8. Save liveusb-creator-ubuntu_0.3.3netbook 0dennis5_all.deb to the Linux computer. 9. Ins tall liveusb-creator -ubuntu_0 .3.3netbo ok 0dennis5_all.deb on the L inux computer. 10. Ins ert the USB flash drive into a USB port on the Linux compute r CAUTION: The restore process reformats and comple tely erases the USB flash drive. All the files on the USB flash drive are pe rmanently removed. 11. Open a terminal window and type the fo llowing com mand at the command pro mpt: sudo liveusb-creator 12. Select Download restore image/HP Mi Restore Image . 13. Sele ct the target USB flash drive, and th en select Start to download the latest Mini recovery image from the HP Web s ite. The recovery image will be download ed and saved to the Linux computer, and then written to the USB flash drive. 14. When the download and write processes are complete, remove the USB flash drive. 15. Ins ert the USB flash drive into a USB port on your Mini. 16. Change the boot order by turning on or restarting the d evice, and then pressing f9 repeatedly while the âF9 = Chang e Boot Device Orderâ message is di spla yed in the lower-left corner of the screen. 17. Use the arrow keys to select the USB flash drive, and then press enter . 18. Press enter again to begin restoring the device. 19. Follow the on-screen instructions to in stall the operating system and programs. 20. After the operating syst em and programs ar e installed, remove the USB flash drive. NOTE: After t he operating system and programs are in stalled, the device automatically restarts. You are then prompted to se t up your device. 21. Use Update Manager to rein stall any updates no t installed with the factory image. 22. Restore your personal files. NOTE: After this process is complete , you can uninstall the HP Mi Restore Image Cr eator utility from the Linux computer and delete the downloade d recove ry image from the USB fl ash drive. (The image must be deleted manu ally.) Mobile Mi backup and recove ry 113
Windows 7 backup and recovery Use the instructions in the section if Wi ndows 7 is ins talled on your computer. To protect your information, back up your files and folders. In case of system failure, you can use the backup files to restore your computer. CAUTION: In the even t of a hard driv e failure, you canno t use your comput er to access the Disaster Recovery utility. Therefore, HP recommends that you download the Di saster Recovery utility SoftPaq, and then extract it to a USB fla sh drive as soon as possible after softwa re setup. For detai ls, refer to âDownloading and extracting the Disaster Recovery utilit yâ later in this chapter. Depending on your computer mo del, you may have on e of the following backup an d recovery solutions: â Roxio BackOnTrack â HP Recovery Manager NOTE: For detailed information, pe rform a search for these topics in Help and Support. Backing up and recoveri ng using Roxio BackOnTrack Successful recovery after a system failure dep ends on whether you have completely backed up your files. If Roxio BackOnTrack is prei nstalled on your computer, BackOnTr ack allows you to create a backup of your computer image. You should cre ate the initial backup immediat ely after software setup. As you add new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reaso nably current backup. Note the following guidelines when backing up your informa tion: â Store personal files in the Documents library and back up this folder regularly. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. â Save customized settings in a window, tool bar, or me nu bar by taking a screen shot of your settin gs. The screen shot can be a time-saver if you have to reset your preferen ces. To copy the screen a nd paste it into a w ord-processing do cument, follow these steps: 1. Display the screen. 2. Copy the screen: â To copy the active window, press alt fn prt sc . â To copy the entire screen, pre ss fn prt sc . 3. Open a word-processing document, select Edit>Paste . 4. Save the document. Creating a copy of the hard drive The back up drive function of BackOnTrack creates a Disaster R ecovery Set that is a n exact image of your hard drive dat a. You can back up th e image to an extern al hard drive (p urchased sep arately). To create a Disaster Recovery Set using BackOnTrack, fo llow these steps: 114 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: Be sure that the comp uter is connecte d to AC power befor e you start the b ackup process. 1. Select Start>Al l Programs> Roxio. 2. Select BackOnTrack>BackOnTrack Home>Disaste r Recovery . 3. Select Backup drive . 4. Select a drive to back up. 5. Add a comment to describe the backup. NOTE: Comments are optional, but add ing comments can help you rem ember the purpo se of the backup. The da te and list of drives being backed up are automatically includ ed in the description. 6. Select a destination for th e Disaster Rec overy Set. NOTE: Th e destination ca nnot be a ne twork drive. 7. Select the action button at the bottom-right of the computer screen. 8. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a recovery In case of system failure or inst ability, the computer provides the following ways to re cover your files: â BackOnTrack Disaster Recovery utility: You can use Disaster Recovery to re cover your hard drive image (including your files, programs, a nd operating system) after a ha rd drive failure. â BackOnTrack Instant Restore utility: You can use Instant Restore to quickly restore your computer to a working state if a software- related problem occurs . The Instant Restore utility automatically creates working st ates period ically. You can also def ine a working st ate by saving the current computer state ma nually. NOTE: For more information about com puter system states, refer to the BackOnTrack software help. Using the Disaster Recovery utility NOTE: To perform a recovery wit h Disaster Reco very, you need a USB flash drive (purchased separately). For optim um performance, the ca pacity of the d rive should be no larger than 2 GB. Disaster Recovery recovers data fr om a Disaster Recovery Set that you previously created with Roxio BackOnTrack. Disaster Recovery i s available from the HP Web site in a com pressed file called a SoftPaq . NOTE: Running the SoftPaq makes the USB drive bootable. CAUTION: Before performing a disaster recovery, you mu st download the Disaster Recovery utility and extract it to a USB fla sh drive. Downloading and e xtracting the Disaste r Recovery utility To download an d extract Disaster Recovery, follow these step s: 1. Connect a bootable USB flash drive or extern al drive to a USB port on your co mputer. 2. Op en your Web brow ser, go to http://www.hp.com/ sup port , and select your country or region. Windows 7 backup and recovery 115
3. Enter the SoftPaq number SP42226 in the Search box, press enter , and then fo llow the on-screen instructions. 4. Select D ownload only to save the file to yo ur computer. 5. When prompted, select Save , and then select the external d riv e from the list of storage locations. 6. After the file is downloade d, navigate to the USB flash drive or e xternal drive, an d then double- click the SoftPaq file to format the USB flash drive and extract the Di saster Recovery files. 7. If pro mpted to do so, restart your compute r after the installa tion is complete. Restoring your hard drive image To restore your hard drive image using Disaster Recovery, follo w these steps: 1. Connect the external hard drive containing the Disaster Recovery Set to your computer. 2. Con nect the boot able USB flash drive co ntaining th e extracted Disaster Recovery utility to a USB port on your computer. 3. Change the boot device orde r by turning on or restarting the com puter, and then press f9 . 4. Use th e arrow keys to select th e USB flash drive, an d then press enter . 5. At the Roxio BackOnTrack Disast er Recovery screen, select Disaster Recovery>Next . 6. Brow se to the extern al hard drive co ntaining the Disa ster Recovery Set , and then se lect Next . 7. Select Next to proceed with the recovery. NOTE: This process may ta ke several minutes. 8. After a message on t he screen repo rts a successful recovery, select Finish . Using the Instant Restore utility You can rest ore your comp uter from W indows wh en the operating system is functi oning. If the operating system is not functioning, you can also access the utility by restarting your computer. NOTE: For more informat ion about the In stant Restore utilit y, refer to the BackOnTrack sof tware Help. Using the Instant Restore utility wh en the operating system is functioning To recover infor mation when the operatin g system is functioning properly, follow these steps: 1. Save and close all open documen ts and close an y open programs. 2. Select Start>All Programs>Roxio . 3. Select BackOnTrack>BackOnTrack Home>Instant Rest ore . 4. Select R estore State , and then select a restore state. 5. Select the action button in the bottom-right co rner of the comp uter screen. 6. Select Yes to confirm your selected restore state. When the restore process is complete, the computer resta rts and a notifica tion message is disp layed. 116 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
Using the Ins tant Resto re utility w hen the op erating sy stem is not functioning To recover information when the operating syst em is not functioning, follow these steps: 1. Restart the computer. NOTE: If the oper ating system has stopped responding and the computer s creen is blue, restart the computer by turn ing the power switch off and the n on. 2. When the computer logo (HP or Compaq) is displayed on the screen, press the f6 button repeatedly until the Windows status ba r is displayed. 3. When the Roxio BackOnTrack screen is displa yed, follow the on-screen instructions. Using Windows Backup and Restore To create a backup using Windows Backup and Re store, follow these steps: NOTE: Be sure that the comp uter is connecte d to AC power befor e you start the b ackup process. NOTE: The backup process may take over an hour, d epending on file si ze and the spe ed of the computer. 1. Select Start>All Programs>Maintenance>Backup and Restore . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up a nd create a backup. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be pr ompted for your permission or pa ssword for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or cha nging Windows sett ings. Refe r to Help an d Support fo r more information. Using system restore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapsh ot of your hard drive at a spec ific point in time. You can then revert back to that point if you want to reverse subsequent changes ma de to your system. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier resto re point does not a ffect data files saved or e-mails create d since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased protection f or your system files and settings. When to create restore points â Before you add or extensively mo dify software or hardware . â Periodically, whenever the system is performi ng optimally. NOTE: If you revert to a restore point a nd then change your mind, you can reve rse the restoration. Creating a system restore point 1. Select Start>Control Panel>Syst em and Security>System . 2. In the left pane , select Sy stem protection . Windows 7 backup and recovery 117
3. Select the System Protection tab. 4. Under Protection Settings , select the disk fo r which you want to create a restore point. 5. Select Create . 6. Follow the on -screen instructions . Restoring to a previous date and time To revert to a resto re point (created at a previo us date and time) when the computer was functioning optimally, follo w these steps: 1. Select Start>Control Panel>System and Security>System . 2. In the left pane, select System p rotection . 3. Select the System Protection tab. 4. Select System Restore . 5. Follow the on -screen instructions . Backing up and recovering using HP Recovery Manager If your computer includes HP Re covery Manager, tools provided by the operating system and by HP Recovery Manage r software are designed to h elp you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information and re storing it in ca se of a system failure: â Backing up your information â Creating a set of recovery discs â Creating system restore points â Recovering a pr ogram or driver â Performing a full system recovery Backing up your information As you add new software and data files, you should back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably curre nt backup. Back up yo ur system at the fo llowing times: â At regularly schedul ed times NOTE: Set re minders to back up your informatio n periodically . â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Note the following when backing up: â Create system restore points using the Windows S ystem Restore feature, and periodically copy them to a di sc. â Store personal files in the Documents library, and pe riodically back up this folder. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. 118 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
â You can back up you r information to an op tional external hard d rive, a network drive, or discs. â When backing up to discs, use any of the following types of discs (purchased separately): CD-R, CD-RW, DVD R, DVD-R, or DVD±RW . The discs y ou use depend on the type of optical drive you are using. NOTE: DVDs store more information than CDs, so using the m for backup reduces the number of recovery discs re quired. â When backing up to discs, number each disc be fore inserting it into an optical drive. â Save the customized settings in a window, toolba r, or menu b ar by taking a screen shot of the settings. The screen sho t can be a time-saver if you have to reset your prefere nces. To copy the screen and paste the imag e into a word-processing docume nt: 1. Display t he screen. 2. Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press prt sc . 3. Open a word-processing document, selcet Edit> Paste . 4. Save the document. Creating a set of recovery discs HP recommends that you create recove ry discs to be sure that you can re store your syst em to its original factory state if you experience serious system failur e or instability. Create these discs after setting up the computer for the first time. NOTE: This task will require an optional external or shar ed optical drive. Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe place. The softw are allows the creation of only one set of recovery discs. Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need hi gh-quality DVD-R, DVD R, BD-R ( writable Blu-ray), or CD-R discs. All th ese discs are purchased separately. DVDs have a larger st orage ca pacity than CDs. If you use CDs, up to 20 discs may be required, whereas only a few DVDs are required. NOTE: Double-layer discs and read-write di scsâsuch as CD-RW, DVD±RW, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discsâare no t compat ible with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be co nnected to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery dis cs can be cr eated per comp uter. â Number each disc before inserting it into an optical drive. â If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating the recovery discs. The next time you open Recovery Mana ger, you will be prompted to contin ue the disc creation process. Windows 7 backup and recovery 119
To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start>All Programs>Recovery Manager>Recove ry Disc Creation . 2. Follow the on -screen instructions . Performing a recovery NOTE: You can recover only files that you ha ve previously backed up. HP recommends tha t you use Recovery Manager to create a set of recovery discs (entire drive backup) as soon as you set up your computer. Recovery Manage r software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager wo rks from recovery discs that you create or from a dedicated recovery partition (select mo dels only) on the hard dr ive. However, computers tha t include a solid- state drive (SSD) may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case, recovery discs have been included with your computer. Use these discs to recover your operating system and soft ware. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair featu res, such as System Restore. If you have no t already tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. For more inf ormation on the se built-in repair features, select Start>Help and Support . NOTE: Recovery Manager recovers only the software that was preinstalle d at the factory. Software not provided with this comp uter must be download ed from the manufa cturerâs Web site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer. Recovering using the recovery discs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Insert the first recovery disc into an optiona l optical drive, and restart the computer. 3. Follow the on -screen instructions . Recovering using the part ition on the hard d rive (select models only) On some models, you can perform a recovery from th e partit ion on the hard drive, which is a ccessed by pressing either the Start button or f11 . This restores the computer to its fact ory condition. NOTE: Computers with an SSD may not ha ve a recovery partition. If the compu ter does not have a recovery partition, you will no t be able to recover using this pr ocedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partit ion. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To restore the system from th e partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in ei ther of the following wa ys: Select Start>All Programs>Recovery Manager>Recovery Manage r . â or â a. Turn on or r estart the co mputer. b. Press f11 while the âPress f11 for recovery message is disp layed on the screen. 120 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: It may take several minutes for Recovery Manager to load. 2. In the Recovery Manager windo w, select System Recovery . 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Windows 7 backup and recovery 121
Windows Vista backup and recovery Use the instructions in this section if Wi ndows Vista is installed on your comp uter. Backing up your information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most current backup. You should create your initial backup im mediately after software setup. As you ad d new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably current backup. You can back up your information to an opt ional external ha rd drive, a ne twork drive, or discs. Note the following when backing up: â Store personal files in the Documents folder, and back it up regularly. â Back up templates that are store d in their associated programs. â Save customized setting s that appear in a wind ow, to olbar, or menu bar b y taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time -saver if you have to reset your pref erences. To create a screen sh ot: 1. Display the screen you want to save. 2. Copy the screen image: To copy only the active window, press alt fn p rt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc . 3. Open a w ord-processing do cument, and then select Edit > Paste . The screen image is added to the documen t. 4. Save the document. â When backing up to discs, use any of the following types of discs (purchased separately): C D-R, CD-RW, DVD R, DVD R DL, DVD-R, DVD-R DL, or DVD±RW. The discs you use will depend on the type of optical drive in stalled in you r computer. NOTE: DVDs a nd DVDs with double -layer (DL) su pport store more information than CDs, so using them for backup re duces the number of recove ry discs required. â When backing up to discs, num ber each disc before inse rting it into the optical drive of th e computer. To create a backup using Backup and R estore Cente r, follow these steps : NOTE: Be sure that the comput er is connected to AC power befor e you start the ba ckup process. NOTE: The backup p rocess may take o ver an hour, depending on file size and the spee d of the computer. 1. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenanc e > Backup and Restore Center . 2. Follow the on- screen instructions to back up your entire computer (select models only) or your files. 122 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: Windows® includes the User Account Contro l feature to improve the s ecurity of yo ur computer. You may be pr ompted for your permission or pa ssword for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or cha nging Windows sett ings. Refe r to Help an d Support fo r more information. Performing a recovery In case of system failure or inst ability, the computer provides the fo llowing tools to recover your files: â Windows recove ry tools: You can use the Back up and Restor e Center to reco ver information yo u have previously backed up. Yo u can also use Wind ows Startup Repair to fix p roblems that might prevent Windows from starting correctly. â f11 recovery tools: You can use the f11 recovery tools to recover your original hard drive image. The image in cludes the W indows op erating syste m and softwa re programs insta lled at the fac tory. NOTE: If you are unable to boot (start up) your computer, you must purch ase a Windows Vista® operating system DVD to reboot the computer and repair the operating system. For additional information, refer to the âUsing a Windows Vista operating system DVD (purc hased separate ly)â section in this guide. Windows Vista backup and recovery 123
Using the Windows recovery tools To recover informa tion you previo usly backed up, follo w these steps: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenanc e > Backup and Restore Center . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to reco ver your enti re computer (select mod els only) or your files. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control featu r e to improve the security of your compute r. You may be prompted for your permission or pa ssword for tasks such as installing sof tware, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to Help and Support fo r more information. To recover your information u sing Startup Repair, follow these steps: CAUTION: Using Startup Repair completely era ses hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files you have created an d any software install ed on the computer are permanently remo ved. When reformatting is complete, the reco very proc ess restores the operat ing system, as well as the drivers, software, and utilities from the backup used for recovery. 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. If p ossible, check f or the presen ce of the Windows partition and the HP Recovery partition. T o find the partitions, select Start > Comp uter . NOTE: If the Windows partition and the HP Recove ry partition have been deleted, you must recover your operating system and programs using the Windows Vista operating system DVD and the Driver Recovery disc (b oth purchased separately). F or additional information, r efer to the âUsing a Windows Vista operating system DVD (purch ased separa tely)â section in this guide. 3. Restart the computer, and then press f8 before the Windows operating system loads. 4. Select Repair your computer . 5. Follow the on -screen instructions . NOTE: For additional inform ation on recovering inform ation using the Windows to ols, perform a search for these topics in Help a nd Support. 124 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
Using f11 CAUTION: Using f11 completely er ases hard drive contents a nd reformats the hard drive. All files you have created and an y software installed on the co mputer are permanently remo ved. The f1 1 recovery tool reinstalls the operating system and HP programs and drivers that were installed a t the factory . Software not insta lled at the factory must be reinstalled. To recover the original hard drive image usi ng f11 , follow these steps : 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. If po ssible, check fo r the presence of th e HP Recovery partition. To find the partition, select Start > Compute r . NOTE: If the HP Recovery partition has been delete d, you mu st recover your operating system and programs using the Windows Vi sta operating system DVD and the Driver Recovery disc (both purchased sepa rately). For addi tional info rmation, refe r to the âUsing a Windows Vista operating system DVD (purchased separately)â se ction in this guide. 3. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the âPress the ESC k ey for Startup Me nuâ message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. 4. Press f11 while the âPress <F11> for recoveryâ message is disp layed on the screen. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using a Windows Vista operating system DVD (pu rchased separately) If you are unable to boot (start up) your computer , you must purchase a Windows Vista operating system DVD to reboot the computer and repair the operating system. Make sure that your most recent backup (stored on discs or on an external drive) is easily accessible. To order a W indows Vista operating system DVD, go to http://www.hp.com/ support , select your country or regio n, and follow the on-screen instructions. You can also order the DVD by calling te chni cal support. Fo r contact information, refer to the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer . CAUTION: Using a Windows Vista oper ating system DVD co mpletely erases hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files you ha ve created and an y software installe d on the compute r are permanently removed. When refo rmatting is comple te, the recovery process helps you res tore the operating system, as well as dr ivers, software, and utilities. To initiate recovery using a Windows Vist a operating system DVD, follow these steps: NOTE: This process take s several minutes. 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Restart the computer, and then insert the Win dows Vista operati ng system DVD into the op tical drive before the Windows operating system loads. 3. When prompted, press any keyboard key. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. 5. Select Next . 6. Select Repair your computer . 7. Follow the on-screen instructions. Windows Vista backup and recovery 125
Windows XP backup and recovery Use the instructions in this section if Windows XP is in stalled on your co mputer. To protect your information, use the Windows® Backup utility (select mo dels only) to back up files and folders or create recovery points. In case of system failu re, you can use the ba ckup files to restore your computer. Windows provides the following options: â Backing up individual fi les and folders â Backing up all files and fold ers â Scheduling automatic backups â Creating recovery points â Recovering information NOTE: For detailed instructions, pe rform a search for these top ics in Help and Support. NOTE: In case of system instability, HP recommends t hat you print the recovery procedures and save them for later use. Backing up your information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most current backup. You should create your initial backup im mediately after software setup. As you ad d new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably current backup. You can back up indi vidual files or folder s to an optional e xternal hard dr ive or to a network drive. Note the following when backing up: â Store personal files in the My Documents folder, and back it up perio dically. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. â Save customized setting s that appear in a wind ow, to olbar, or menu bar b y taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time saver if you have to reset your preferences. To copy the screen a nd paste it into a word-processi ng document: a. Display the screen you want to save. b. Copy the scree n image: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc . c. Open a w ord-processing document, select Edit > Paste . The screen image is added to the documen t. d. Save the document. To create a backup using the Windows Backup utility (select models only), follow these steps: 126 Chapter 8 Backup and recovery
NOTE: Be sure that the comp uter is connecte d to AC power befor e you start the b ackup process. NOTE: The backup process may take over an hour, d epending on file si ze and the spe ed of the computer. 1. Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > Backup. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a recovery In case of system failure or inst ability, the computer provides the fo llowing tools to recover your files: â Windows recovery tools (select models only): You c an use the Windows Backup utility to recover information you have previo usly backed up. â Operating Sys tem and Driver Re covery discs (inclu ded with your computer): You can use the discs to recover your operating system and programs installed at the factory. Recovering your information To recover informat ion you previously ba cked up, follow t hese steps: 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > Backup. The Backup or Restore Wizard opens. 3. Select Restore files and settings >Next. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE: For additional information o n initiating a recove ry in Windows, perform a search for this topic in Help and Support. Recovering the operating system and p rograms CAUTION: The recovery process refo rmats and completel y erases the hard drive. All files you have created and any software installed on the comput er are permanently removed. The recovery process reinstalls the original operating system, sof tware, and drivers. Softw are, drivers, and updates not installed by HP must be manuall y reinstalled. To recover your operati ng system and programs, follow these ste ps: 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Insert the Operating System disc into the optica l drive. 3. Shut down the computer. 4. Turn on the computer. 5. Follow the on-screen instruc tions to install the operating syst em. 6. After the operating syst em is installed, remove the Operating System disc and insert the Driver Recovery disc. 7. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the drivers an d programs. Windows XP backup and recovery 127
9 Connector pin assignments Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground 128 Chapter 9 Connector pin assign ments
Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3G r o u n d Audio-out (headphon e) 129
External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analo g 7 Ground analo g 8 Ground analo g 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock 130 Chapter 9 Connector pin assign ments
RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8U n u s e d RJ-45 (network) 131
Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground 132 Chapter 9 Connector pin assign ments
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input fe ature of the d evice permits it to operat e from any line volt age from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor power cord set include d with the device meets the requirements for use in the country or region where the equipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries and regions must mee t the require ments of the country or region where th e device is used. Requirements for all countries and regions The require ments listed b elow are applicab le to all countries and reg ions: â The length of th e power cord set must be a t least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets mu st be approved by an ac ceptable accredited agency resp onsible for evaluation in the country or region where the power cord set wi ll be used. â The power cord se ts must have a minimu m current capacity o f 10 amps and a nominal voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler mu st meet the mechanical co nfiguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standa rd Sheet C13 conne ctor for mating with the applia nce inlet on th e back of the device. Requirements for all countries and regio ns 133
Requirements for specific countries and regions Country/region Accred ited agency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-con ductor, 1.0- mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (applia nce coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 2 50 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wall plug must bea r a âTâ mark and registra tion number in accor dance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VC T or VCT F, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) config uration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75 - mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (a ppliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency resp onsible for evaluation in the countr y or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor , 0.75-mm² c onductor size. Pow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 134 Chapter 10 Power cord set requirements
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its u seful life, do not dispose of th e battery in general househ old waste. Follow the local law s and regulations in your area for computer ba ttery disposal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains m ercury. Exercise caution when removing and handling the backlight to avoid d amaging this compo nent and causing exposu re to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this cha pter can result in damage to display components. The on ly components inten ded for recycling purposes are the liquid crystal display (LCD) p anel and the backlight. When you remove these com ponents, handle them carefully. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product contains me rcury in the backlight in the display assembly that might requi re special handlin g at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be regulated b ecause of environmental considerations. Fo r disposal or recyc ling information, co ntact your loca l authorit ies, or see the Electronic In dustries Alliance (EIA) Web si te at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for the display assemb ly. The display assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight (1) a nd the liquid crysta l display (L CD) panel (2) . NOTE: The procedures provided in this chapter are gen e ral disassem bly instruc t ions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, an d component shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer model to anothe r. Battery 135
Perform the followin g steps to di sassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the le ft and right inside edges (1) and the to p and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the b ezel disengages from the display assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3 ) . 136 Chapter 11 Recycling
4. Disco nnect all display pa nel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure the display panel a ssembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the display panel assemb ly (2) from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the display panel asse mbly upside down. 8. Remove all screws t hat secure the disp lay panel frame to th e display panel. 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape (1) that secures the sides of the display panel to the display panel frame. Display 137
10. Remove the display panel frame (2) from the display panel. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to th e display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cove r (2) and swing it outward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the display panel right-side up . 138 Chapter 11 Recycling
15. Re move the backlight cables (1) from the c lip (2) in the display pa nel. 16. Turn the display panel upside do wn. WARNING ! The backli ght contains mercury. Exercise caution when removing and ha ndling the backlight to avoid damag ing this component and causing exposure to the mercury. 17. Re move the backlight frame from the display p anel. Display 139
18. Remove the backlight from the backlight frame. 19. Disconnect the display panel cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel (3) from the display rear pane l. 22. Release the tape (4) that secures the LCD panel to the d isplay rear pane l. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recy cle the LCD pane l and backlight. 140 Chapter 11 Recycling
Index A AC adapter, spare part number 28 administrator password 85 antenna remov al 82 spare part number 25, 76 antennas 15 applications key, Windows 7 audio, product description 2 audio-in (microphone) jack 12 audio-out (headpho ne) jack 12 audio-in jack pin assignments 128 audio-out jack pin assignments 129 B Backup and Restore Center 122 base enclosure, spare part number 24 battery remov al 44 spare part number 24, 44 battery bay, identifying 14 battery light 9 battery release latches 14 bay, battery 14 boot options 85 boot order 85 buttons left TouchPad 5 right TouchPad 5 C cables, service consideration s 37 caps lock light, identifying 6 changing the Setup Utility language 83 chipset, product description 1 compartments, memory module 14 components bottom 14 display 13 front 9 left-side 12 right-side 11 TouchPad 5 connectors service considerations 37 D device fe et locations 43 spare part number 43 device spe cifications 87 Diagnostics me nu 86 Digital Media Slot, id entifying 11 discs Driver Recovery 127 Operating Sys tem 127 diskette drive precaut ions 38 product de scription 2 display assembly removal 7 5 spare part number 17, 75 display bezel illustrated 25, 75 removal 7 8 spare part number 25, 75 Display Cable Kit, spare part number 25, 76 display component recycling 135 display enclosure illustrated 26, 76 spare part number 26, 76 Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 25, 76 display hinge, re moval 80 display panel illustrated 25, 76 remov al 79 spare part number 25, 76 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 26, 76 display specific ations 88, 89 display switch, identifying 13 displaying system information 84 drive light, identifying 9 Driver Recovery disc 127 drives preventing damage 38 drives, boot order 85 E earbuds 12 electrostat ic discharge 39 Ethernet, product description 3 exiting the Setup Utility 84 external media cards, product description 3 external monitor port pin assignments 130 external monitor port, identifying 11 F f11 recovery 125 fan remov al 68 spare part number 21, 68 feet locations 43 spare part number 43 flash storage dr ive, product description 2 fn key 7, 8 function keys 7, 8 Index 141
G graphics, prod uct description 1 grounding eq uipment and methods 41 H hard drive precautions 38 product description 2 spare part numbe r 21 specifications 90 hard drive recovery 125 hard driv e self test 86 headphone (audio -out) jack 12 headphone ja ck pin assignments 129 headphones 12 heat sink assembly removal 7 0 spare part numbe r 70 hinge covers illustrated 25, 75 spare part numbe r 25, 75 Home key 8 HP Mi Restore Imag e Creator identifying 110 using 111 I I/O address specifica tions 94 internal display switch, identifying 13 internal media cards, product description 3 internal mi crophone, identifying 13 interrupt specifications 93 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 12 audio-out (headph one) 12 RJ-45 (network) 11 K keyboard product description 3 removal 4 8 spare part numbe r 18, 48 keys fn 7, 8 function 7, 8 Home 8 Program Switcher 8 Windows app lications 7 Windows lo go 7 L language suppo rt 85 latches, batt ery release 14 left TouchPad button, identifying 5 lights battery 9 caps loc k 6 drive 9 power 9 webcam 13 wireless 10 M Main menu 85 mass storage device product description 2 spare part number 21 mass storage devices illustrated 54 spare part number s 54 memory map specifications 96 memory module product description 2 remov al 46 spare part number 24, 46 memory module comp artment cover remov al 46 memory module comp artment, identifying 14 memory test 86 microphone (audio-in) jack 12 microphone assembly, spare p art number 25, 76 microphone jack pin assignments 128 model name 1 modem, product description 3 monitor port pin assignments 130 N navigating in the Setup Utility 83 network jack pin assignments 131 network jack, identifying 11 O Operating System disc 127 operating system, product description 4 optical drive, product description 2 P packing guidelines 40 panels, product description 1 passwords 85 pin assignments audio-in jack 128 audio-out jack 129 external monitor port 130 headphone jack 129 microphone jack 128 monitor port 130 network jack 131 RJ-45 jack 131 Universal Serial Bus (USB) port 132 plastic parts 37 pointing device product description 3 ports product description 3 USB 11, 12 power connector, identifying 12 power cord set requirements 133 spare part numbe r 28 power light, identifying 9 power requirements, product description 4 power switch, identifying 9 power-on p assword 85 Processor C4 State 85 processor, prod uct descriptio n 1 product descrip tion audio 2 chipset 1 diskette drive 2 Ethernet 3 external media car ds 3 flash storage drive 2 142 Index
graphics 1 hard drive 2 internal media car ds 3 keyboard 3 mass storage device 2 memory module 2 modem 3 operating system 4 optical drive 2 panels 1 pointing device 3 ports 3 power requirements 4 processors 1 product name 1 security 4 serviceability 4 solid-state drive 2 wireless 3 product name 1 Program Switcher key 8 R recovery partition 125 release latches battery 14 removal/replacement preliminaries 37 procedures 42 restoring HP Mi Restore Image Creator 111 System Restore 111 restoring default settings 84 restoring the hard d rive 125 right TouchPad bu tton, identifying 5 RJ-45 (net work) jack , identifying 11 RJ-45 jack pin assignments 131 RTC batte ry remov al 53 spare part number 23, 53 Rubber Kit, spare part nu mber 28 S Screw Kit contents 97 spare part number 28 screw listing 97 security cable slot, identifying 12 Security menu 85 security, cable slot 12 security, product description 4 selecting in th e Setu p Utility 83 serial number 16, 42 service considerations 37 service tag 16, 42 serviceability, product description 4 SIM removal 4 5 solid-state drive product de scription 2 solid-state drives spare part number 21 speaker assembly illustrated 25, 76 removal 7 9 spare part number 25, 76 speakers, identifying 13 specifications device 87 display 88, 89 hard drive 90 I/O addresses 94 interrupts 93 memory map 96 solid-state drive 91 system DMA 92 static-shielding mate rials 41 switches power 9 wireless 10 system board removal 7 2 spare part number 23, 72 System Configuration men u 85 system DMA 92 system information 85 system memory map 96 System Restore identifying 110 using 111 T tools required 37 top cover remov al 57 spare part number 21, 57 TouchPad buttons 5 identifying 5 TouchPad scroll zone, identifying 5 transporting guidelines 40 U USB board remov al 64 spare part number 64 USB board, sp are pa rt number 21, 64 USB port pin assignments 132 USB ports, identifying 11, 12 V vents, identify ing 12, 14 W webcam light, identifying 13 webcam module illustrated 25, 76 remov al 81 spare part number 25, 76 webcam, identify ing 13 Windows application s key, identifying 7 Windows Backup utility 126, 127 Windows logo key, identifying 7 Windows recovery 127 Windows Vista operating system DVD 125 wireless antenna remov al 82 spare part number 25, 76 wireless ante nnas 15 wireless light, identifying 10 wireless module, prod uct description 3 wireless switch, identifying 10 WLAN antennas, identifying 15 WLAN module remov al 60 spare part number 22, 60 workstation guidelines 40 WWAN antennas, identifying 15 Index 143
WWAN module removal 6 2 spare part numbe r 62 144 Index